MICROBIAL MARKERS AND USES THEREFOR

Description

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to Australian Provisional Application No. 2013901907, entitled “Microbial Markers and Uses Therefor”, filed on 28 May 2013, and to Australian Provisional Application No. 2013903914, entitled “Microbial Markers and Uses Therefor”, filed on 11 Oct. 2013, the subject matter of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

This invention relates generally to methods for identifying and/or classifying microbes using one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in 16S ribosomal RNA (16S rRNA) of prokaryotes and/or one or more SNPs in 5.8S ribosomal RNA (5.8S rRNA) of eukaryotes. The invention also relates to probes, primers and kits that are useful in the methods of the invention.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Prokaryotes are organisms that lack a nucleus or any membrane-bound organelles and are generally unicellular. Most prokaryotes can be broadly categorized into Gram-positive or Gram-negative, based on the peptidoglycan of Gram-positive microbes' outer cell wall staining with crystal violet and safranin (or carbol fuchsin), although some prokaryotes have a variable Gram stain. Prokaryotes contain 16S (Svedberg unit) rRNA, which is a component of the 30S small subunit of prokaryotic ribosomes. 16S rRNA is approximately 1500 nucleotides in length, encoded by the 16S rRNA gene (sometimes referred to as 16S rDNA), which is generally part of a co-transcribed operon also containing the 23S and 5S rRNA genes. The DNA sequence of the 16S rRNA genes (and thus the RNA sequence of the 16S rRNA molecules) is highly conserved between prokaryotes, although there are regions of variation (Weisburg W G, et al., (1991) J Bacterial. 173 (2): 697-703).

In contrast, eukaryotes are organisms containing membranes within cells, in particular a nuclear membrane containing DNA, and can be unicellular (e.g. most yeasts) or multicellular. All eukaryotes contain 5.8S rRNA, which is a component of the large 60S small subunit of eukaryotic ribosomes. Its length varies between species but it is usually around 160 nucleotides. The 5.8S rRNA gene (often referred to as 5.8S rDNA) is part of the 45S rDNA, which also contains the 18S and 28S rRNA genes separated by 2 internally transcribed spacers. In humans, the 45S rDNA is present in 5 clusters on 5 different chromosomes, each cluster having 30-40 repeats. The 45S rDNA is transcribed by RNA polymerase I as a single transcription unit (45S), which is then processed to produce the 5.8S, 18S and 28S rRNA molecules. The sequence of 5.8S rRNA gene (and thus the sequence of the 5.8S rRNA molecule) is highly conserved between eukaryotes, although there are regions of variation that can be used in phylogenetic studies (Field K. G et al., (1988) Science 239(4841): 748-753).

It is often desirable to classify prokaryotic and eukaryotic microbes in a sample. For example, the classification of microbes that contaminate solutions, materials or foodstuffs, and pose a threat to the wellbeing of other organisms or the quality of production of solutions or materials or foodstuffs, assists in the identification of pathogens, and management, control, eradication, elimination, limitation or removal of such microbes. It may also be desirable to determine the natural microbial population (the “microbiome”) of a sample, such as for ecological studies of microbial diversity, phylum spectrum, relative phylum abundance (Gehron, M. J. et al. (1984) J. Microbiol. Methods 2, 165-176; Claesson, M. J. et al. (2010) Nucl Acids Res 38(22), e200), or for determining or monitoring deviation of the microbiome balance from a normal state in pathological conditions, such as enteric (e.g. gastroenteritis, rumenitis, colitis, typhlitis; Bailey, S. R., et al. (2003). Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 69, 2087-2093), respiratory (e.g. pneumonia, bronchitis, mucositis), urinary (e.g. cystitis, nephritis, urethritis) and skin (e.g. wounds, pruritis, dermatitis, psoriasis) disorders including viral, fungal, parasitic and bacterial infections. It may also be useful to determine the microbiome of a sample in response to therapies or treatments or modulations such as the use of antibiotics, steroids, immune modulators, pre and probiotics, soil or water treatments, filtration, sterilization procedures, antiseptics.

Current microorganism classification schemes include, but are not limited to, phenotypic, chemotypic and genotypic. Within phenotypic classification are the sub-classification methods of Gram staining, growth requirements, biochemical reactions, antibiotic sensitivity, serological systems, environmental reservoirs (or where such microbes preferentially live and grow). Within chemotypic classification are the sub-classification methods using various technologies that can include analysis of microbial components consisting of sugars, fats, proteins or minerals. Within genotypic classification are the sub-classification methods of restriction fragment length analysis and ribosomal RNA sequence analysis, both reliant on different levels of interpretation of genetic material.

Phenotypic classification methods can suffer from a lack of sensitivity and specificity, are not rapid or easy, and have limited ability to be automated. Chemotypic methods also lack sensitivity and specificity and currently are not cost effective. Genotypic methods are often more sensitive, rapid, easy to perform, cost effective, and are able to be automated and multiplexed.

Various attempts have been made to differentiate Gram-positive and Gram-negative prokaryotes using nucleic acid molecular techniques (see e.g. Bispo, P. J. M., et al., (2011) Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 52, 873-881; Klaschik, S. et al. (2002) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 40, 4304-4307; Shigemura, K. et al. (2005) Clin Exp Med 4, 196-201 (2005); Carroll, N. M. et al. (2005) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 38, 1753-1757). These attempts are mostly limited in scope by the number of pathogens they detect and differentiate because of the focus on a limited number of particular pathological specimens (blood, urine, ophthalmic) and pathogen types. The implications of this deficiency could have serious downstream ramifications in, for example, a patient with a prokaryotic infection not able to be detected.

Such reported methods are generally not quantitative, which can be important. Samples rarely consist of a single type of organism and, for pathology samples, are often contaminated with potentially irrelevant and non-pathogenic prokaryotes. In addition, very few solutions or materials or foodstuffs are free of microbes and it is the number of microbes present that determines the level of contamination, lack of quality, or threat to the wellbeing of other organisms. Various methods of quantitation of microbes exist, including but not limited to, plating onto growth media and counting microbial colonies, the use of spectrophotometry to determine turbidity and the use of nanoparticles (Zhao X et al., A rapid bioassay for single bacterial cell quantitation using bioconjugated nanoparticles. PNAS, 101(42): 15027-15032. 2004.)

Few existing methods combine genotypic classification with quantification. One such example is Spiro et al., 2000 (A bead-based method for multiplexed identification and quantitation of DNA sequences using flow cytometry. App Env Micro 66(10): 4258-4265). However, this method does not describe the genotypic classification of microbes. Rather, it demonstrates the ability of bead technology to identify particular DNA sequences in an heterogenous mixture. More recent developments such as Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) hold promise for generating large quantities of data on the microbiome of samples (Claesson, M. J. et al. Comparison of two next-generation sequencing technologies for resolving highly complex microbiota composition using tandem variable 16S rRNA gene regions. Nucl Acids Res 38(22), e200 (2010)). However, these technologies currently suffer from a number of limitations especially with respect to determining the simple Gram status of a sample including: lack of sensitivity (samples require PCR amplification prior and in some instances library manufacture prior to sequencing), cost, PCR bias, sequencing inaccuracies, and complex software and algorithms required to interpret the large amount of data generated.

Thus, in the field of microbiology, there is a need for a method of broad microbial classification and quantitation, which is suitably in the form of a single test, that is discriminatory, sensitive, specific, rapid, easy to perform and interpret, inexpensive, lends itself to automation and with the minimum amount of multiplexing, and preferentially performed in the field, remotely, or beside a patient or at least inexpensively in a laboratory. Such a test would allow for rapid and informed management, monitoring, enumeration, quantitation, differentiation, control, eradication, elimination, limitation or removal of such microbes.

In particular, there is a need for a method of broad microbial classification and quantitation of microbes of health significance, such as those that cause sepsis in humans.

Systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) is an overwhelming whole body reaction that may have an infectious aetiology or non-infectious aetiology (i.e. infection-negative SIRS, or inSIRS). Sepsis is SIRS that occurs during infection. Sepsis in this instance is diagnosed by a clinician (when there is suspected infection) or through culture of an organism. Both SIRS and sepsis are defined by a number of non-specific host response parameters including changes in heart and respiratory rate, body temperature and white cell counts (Levy et al., (2003) Critical Care Medicine 31: 1250-1256; Reinhart et al., (2012) Clinical Microbiology Reviews 25(4): 609-634)

Sepsis and SIRS have had an increasing impact on health care systems worldwide. In the United States from 1993 to 2009, the number of sepsis-related hospital stays more than doubled, increasing by 153% overall, with an average annual increase of 6%. In 2009, 4,600 new patients per day were treated in hospital for sepsis, and nearly one in 23 patients in hospital had sepsis. The in-hospital sepsis mortality rate was approximately 16 percent, which has not changed since 2000, and is more than eight times higher than the mortality rate for other hospital stays. Sepsis was also the most expensive reason for hospitalization in 2009 in the United States, totaling an estimated $15.4 billion in aggregate hospital costs.

SIRS can be triggered by a number of insults including local or systemic infection, trauma, burns, surgery and sterile inflammation and consists of aberrations in at least two of four nominated clinical criteria (temperature, heart rate, respiratory rate and white blood cells). In a comprehensive survey conducted by Rangel-Fausto et al., 68% of admitted patients over a 9-month period met at least two criteria for SIRS and the incidence density of SIRS in the surveyed hospital across different wards was determined to be between 320 and 857 episodes per 1000 patient days (Rangel-Frausto et al. (1995) JAMA 273(2): 117-123. Thus, SIRS has a high incidence in hospitals.

Confirmation of a diagnosis of sepsis usually requires isolation and identification of live pathogens from blood samples using culture, but this technique has its limitations. Microbial culture usually takes a number of days to obtain a positive result and over five days to confirm a negative result. Further, culture has problems with reliability with respect to sensitivity, specificity and predictive value (Jean-Louis Vincent et al., (2006) Critical Care Medicine 34: 344-353; Lamy et al., (2002) Clinical Infectious Diseases 35: 842-850. A large percentage of blood cultures drawn from patients with suspected sepsis are either negative or contaminated (Coburn et al. (2012) JAMA 308, 502-511). Over 90% of all blood cultures drawn from patients are negative. Of the small percentage of blood cultures that are positive (4-7%) up to half are due to contaminants (false positives) as a result of poor sampling technique. False-positive blood cultures can result in an increase in total hospital charges, an increase in median length of hospital stay, and an increase in laboratory charges. Therefore, poor diagnostic procedures for determining the presence of sepsis, including sampling and testing, places a significant financial burden on the healthcare system. Other potential consequences of the diagnostic limitations of blood culture in patients suspected of having sepsis include the use and misuse of broad-spectrum antibiotics, the development of antimicrobial resistance and Clostridium difficile infection, adverse reactions, and increased treatment costs.

Alternative diagnostic approaches to SIRS and sepsis have been extensively investigated and generally fall into one of two categories: pathogen detection, or determination of host response using biomarkers. Promising rapid and sensitive pathogen detection technology includes the use of Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), for example, Roche's Lightcycler® SeptiFast, especially when used in conjunction with blood culture (Bauer and Reinhart (2010) International Journal of Medical Microbiology 300: 411-413; Uwe Lodes et al. (2012) Langenbeck's Archives of Surgery 397: 447-455; and Pasqualini et al., (2012) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 50: 1285-1288). A current quandary when using this technology is how best to interpret early positive PCR results in the absence of blood culture results or relevant clinical signs. Such tests are complex and involve multiple multiplexed reactions. Further, accurate quantitation of microorganisms is important in determining the relevance of pathogen detection when using sensitive assay methods. A further technical difficulty associated with PCR-based pathogen detection, especially in peripheral blood samples, is the lack of ability to detect small quantities of pathogen nucleic acid in a background of host nucleic acid.

Given that the majority of patients (>80%) admitted to the tertiary care ICU setting have SIRS, of varying aetiologies including following major surgery, it is of enormous clinical importance that those patients who have a suspected infection or are at high risk of infection can be identified early and be graded and monitored, in order to initiate evidence-based and goal-orientated medical therapy (Kumar, A. et al. (2006) Critical Care Medicine 34, 1589-1596). This is critical, as the acute management plans for SIRS with and without infection are very different. Dependence on empiric treatment means that some patients may be receiving excessive antibiotics while others are receiving treatment (e.g. corticosteroids) that is immunosuppressive because a clear site of infection has not been identified. Thus, there is a continued need for a test that is able to differentiate infection-negative SIRS (inSIRS) from infection-positive-SIRS (e.g. sepsis), quantitate microbial DNA, differentiate prokaryotic and eukaryotic DNA and differentiate Gram-positive from Gram-negative DNA across a broad range of potential pathogens, so as to assist clinicians in making appropriate patient management and treatment decisions in such patients.

There is also a need for rapid assays and tests that further classify bacteria beyond Gram-positive and Gram-negative, so as to assist the clinician to determine an appropriate course of treatment. Traditional methods typically require culturing the bacteria, typically for 2 to 10 days, depending on the species of bacteria (e.g. slow-growing and fastidious organisms such as mycobacteria can take 10 days). This culturing of bacteria, in particular anaerobic bacteria, can be labour intensive, burdensome and require special equipment and reagents. Once cultured, the first procedure the laboratory generally performs is a Gram stain and morphology assessment, the results of which are reported to clinicians promptly. A Gram stain allows for classification of the bacteria grown, if grown, into the following groups: Gram-positive cocci, Gram-positive bacilli, Gram-negative bacilli, Gram-negative cocci, anaerobes, and Candida spp. Such information, in combination with other data, may be sufficient to make an appropriate antibiotic choice. Further tests can then help determine antibiotic sensitivity and species identification, although these tests are not always performed due to cost and logistics.

Because of the high mortality associated with bacteraemia, the dangers of under treating some infections, or concern about using inappropriate antibiotics, clinicians tend to order blood cultures liberally and put patients on empirical antibiotics soon after blood cultures are taken. Thus, patients with suspected sepsis are generally put on empirical antibiotics shortly after blood cultures are taken and prior to receiving any culture or further test results. The choice of empirical antibiotic used depends on factors such as: site of infection (e.g. respiratory, skin, urinary, gastrointestinal etc), whether the infection is hospital acquired or community acquired, epidemiology of pathogens, hospital microbial resistance patterns, whether the patient has been or is on antibiotics, patient allergies, and patient co-morbidities and known antibiotic toxicities. Guidance to clinicians on choice of empirical antibiotics is often available through hospital publications, health maintenance organisations (HMOs), specialist organisations and the scientific literature (by example see http://www.clevelandclinicmeded.com/medicalpubs/antimicrobial-guidelines/; http://www.uphs.upenn.edu/bugdrug/; Huttner B, Jones M, Huttner A, Rubin M, Samore M H (2013) Antibiotic prescription practices for pneumonia, skin and soft tissue infections and urinary tract infections throughout the US Veterans Affairs system. J Antimicrob Chemother 68: 2393-2399. doi:10.1093/jac/dkt171; Snydman D R (2012) Empiric antibiotic selection strategies for healthcare-associated pneumonia, intra-abdominal infections, and catheter-associated bacteremia. J Hosp Med 7 Suppl 1: S2S12. doi:10.1002/jhm.980; Maxwell D J, Easton K L, Brien J-A E, Kaye K I (2005) Antibiotic guidelines in NSW hospitals. Aust Health Rev 29: 416-421.). However, because of the development of microbial antibiotic resistance, the aim and purpose of microbiology testing is to provide evidence and guidance on the appropriate use of narrow spectrum antibiotics and subsequently the reduction in the use of empirical broad-spectrum antibiotics. Therefore, a test that can provide timely guidance on the appropriate use of narrow spectrum antibiotics is needed, preferably without having to grow the organism.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention is based on the determination that one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms within rRNA genes of bacteria and fungi are unique to Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria or fungi, and in some instances are unique to particular species or groups of species. Based on this determination, the inventors have developed various methods and kits that take advantage of these differentiating SNPs to identify the presence or absence of a bacterium and/or a fungus in a sample, differentiate the bacterium from the fungus, classify the bacterium as Gram-positive or Gram-negative, classify the bacterium as a member of a particular group of pathogens, identify the species of bacterium or identify the bacterium as one of several possible species, and/or identify the species of fungus. In particular instances, the methods and kits also facilitate quantitation of the microorganism in the sample.

While some of the methods and kits of the invention can be used to determine the presence of, differentiate and/or identify bacteria or fungi in any sample, in some embodiments the methods and kits of the present invention are particularly useful for determining the presence of, differentiating and/or identifying bacteria or fungi in a biological sample, such as a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject. Even more particularly, the methods and kits are suitable for analysing blood from a subject with SIRS, to determine whether the SIRS has an infectious origin, i.e. whether the subject has sepsis, or whether the SIRS is infection-negative, or analysing blood from a subject suspected of having sepsis to determine whether the subject does indeed have sepsis. In instances where the subject has sepsis resulting from a bacterial or fungal infection, the methods and kits of the present invention can be used to determine whether the bacterium is Gram-positive or Gram-negative; classify or categorize the bacterium, for example as aerobic or anaerobic or as a member of a major antibiotic treatment group; identify the species of bacterium or identify the bacterium as one of several possible species; and/or identify the species of fungus present in the blood of the subject. Furthermore, the severity of the infection, as measured by the number of bacteria or fungi in the blood, can also be determined. As a result, the methods and kits of the present invention can be used to guide a clinician as to whether or not to hospitalize the subject, and what course of treatment, if any, is required. The methods and kits of the present invention also can be used to guide a clinician on what further tests should be performed to determine antibiotic resistance, microbial virulence and, if necessary, pinpoint the bacterial species. Because of the speed at which the methods of the invention can be performed, these decisions can be made within hours, rather than days, of the subject first being assessed by the clinician. Thus, the methods and kits of the present invention can reduce the unnecessary hospitalization, unnecessary administration of antibiotics and/or administration of ineffective or unsuitable antibiotics that may be associated with methods of the prior art, and facilitate the rapid implementation of a suitable and effective treatment regimen.

In one aspect, the present invention provides a method for determining the Gram status of a bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396 and a T, A or C at position 398; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is an A, T or G at position 396 and a C at position 398.

In some embodiments, the bacterium is selected from among Acinetobacter spp.; Actinobaccillus spp.; Actinomadura spp.; Actinomyces spp.; Actinoplanes spp.; Aeromonas spp.; Agrobacterium spp.; Alistipes spp.; Anaerococcus spp.; Arthrobacter spp.; Bacillus spp.; Brucella spp.; Bulleidia spp.; Burkholderia spp.; Cardiobacterium spp.; Citrobacter spp.; Clostridium spp.; Corynebacterium spp.; Dermatophilus spp.; Dorea spp.; Edwardsiella spp.; Enterobacter spp.; Enterococcus spp.; Erysipelothrix spp.; Escherichia spp.; Eubacterium spp.; Faecalibacterium spp.; Filifactor spp.; Finegoldia spp.; Flavobacterium spp.; Gallicola spp.; Haemophilus spp.; Helcococcus spp.; Holdemania spp.; Hyphomicrobium spp.; Klebsiella spp.; Lactobacillus spp.; Legionella spp.; Listeria spp.; Methylobacterium spp.; Micrococcus spp.; Micromonospora spp.; Mobiluncus spp.; Moraxella spp.; Morganella spp.; Mycobacterium spp.; Neisseria spp.; Nocardia spp.; Paenibacillus spp.; Parabacteroides spp.; Pasteurella spp.; Peptoniphilus spp.; Peptostreptococcus spp.; Planococcus spp.; Planomicrobium spp.; Plesiomonas spp.; Porphyromonas spp.; Prevotella spp.; Propionibacterium spp.; Proteus spp.; Providentia spp.; Pseudomonas spp.; Ralstonia spp.; Rhodococcus spp.; Roseburia spp.; Ruminococcus spp.; Salmonella spp.; Sedimentibacter spp.; Serratia spp.; Shigella spp.; Solobacterium spp.; Sphingomonas spp.; Sporanaerobacter spp.; Staphylococcus spp.; Stenotrophomonas spp.; Streptococcus spp.; Streptomyces spp.; Tissierella spp.; Vibrio spp.; and Yersinia spp. In other embodiments, the bacterium is selected from among Bacterial ID Nos. 1-1430. In particular examples, the bacterium is a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium, such as one selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.

A further aspect of the invention is directed to a method for determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNP is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396. In some embodiments the mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648. In some embodiments, bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

The method may also comprise identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; and an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.

In one aspect, the invention provides a method for categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample as one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 pathogen selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 5 pathogen Stenotrophomonas maltophila when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; or the bacterium is determined to be the Group 7 pathogen Porphyromonas gingivalis when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively.

The invention also provides a method for categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and positions corresponding to positions 399, 400 and 401 or positions 278, 286 and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1; wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed the bacterium is categorized into one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria; wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 pathogen selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 5 pathogen Stenotrophomonas maltophila when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; or the bacterium is determined to be the Group 7 pathogen Porphyromonas gingivalis when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; and

if positions 278, 286 396, 398 and 648 are assessed the bacterium is categorized as Gram-positive or Gram-negative; wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648.

In some embodiments, if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 bacterium, the methods of the invention may further comprise analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; and the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.

If the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 bacterium, the method may further comprise analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, and the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.

In instances where the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 bacterium, the method can further comprise analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; and the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.

If the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 bacterium, the method can further comprise analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; and the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.

If the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 bacterium, the method may further comprise analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; and the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.

In some embodiments, the methods of the invention further comprise determining whether the bacterium is resistant to one or more antibiotics.

In one embodiment, the methods described above and herein further comprise analyzing the sample to determine the presence or absence of a w452w3aq34t5yghus in the sample, which further analysis comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) within a 5.8S rRNA gene at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, which SNP is indicative of the presence of a fungus in the sample, wherein the SNP is selected from among a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; and a T at position 256.

The method may further comprise analyzing the sample to determine the presence and identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in the sample, which further analysis comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for at least four SNPs within a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least four SNPs include those at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2; the mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans; and the presence and identity of the pathogen is determined based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:

SNP position

160
163
164
165
196
202
223
224
254
255
259

Candida albicans

T
T
C
G
C
A
A
T
T
C
T

Candida tropicalis

T
T
C
G
C
A
A
T
T
T
T

Candida parapsilosis

T
T
C
G
A
A
A
T
T
T
T

Candida krusei

T
T
C
G
C
G
A
T
C
T
C

Candida glabrata

T
T
C
G
C
G
A
T
T
C
T

Ajellomyces capsulatus

T
C
G
A
A
G
A
T
T
C
T

Stachybotrys sp.
C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
C

Scedosporium apiospermum

T
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

Fusarium sp.
C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

Aspergillus fumigatus

T
C
G
G
A
G
A
T
C
C
T

Cryptococcus neoformans

C
C
C
A
A
G
A
T
T
T
T

In some embodiments, the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2. In other embodiments, the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 223 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.

In some embodiments, the methods of the invention further comprise determining the number of bacteria and/or the number of fungal cells in the sample. In particular examples, the sample is a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject presenting with systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) or suspected of having sepsis, such as a blood sample. In some embodiments of the methods of the invention, the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis. In further embodiments, the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid. In some examples, the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.

A further aspect of the invention is directed to a method for determining the presence or absence of fungi in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 5.8S rRNA gene, which SNP is indicative of the presence of fungi in the sample, wherein the SNP is selected from among a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; and a T at position 256. In some embodiments, the sample is selected from soil, food, water, surface swab and biological sample from a subject. In a particular embodiment, the biological sample is selected from among blood, tissue, sputum, lavage fluid, feces, urine and saliva.

The method may further comprise determining the number of fungal cells in the sample. In particular examples, nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis. In some embodiments, the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid. In further embodiments, the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.

The present invention also provides a method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least 4 SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2; the mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans; and the identity of the pathogen is determined based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:

In particular examples, the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2. In other examples, the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 223 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.

The present invention also provides a method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates that the fungal pathogen in the sample is a Candida species. Suitably, the Candida species is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei and Candida glabrata.

The present invention also provides a method for determining the presence or absence of a Candida species in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the presence of a Candida species in the sample, and wherein the absence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the absence of a Candida species in the sample. Suitably, the Candida species is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei and Candida glabrata.

In some embodiments, the method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample further comprises determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNP is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396. In some examples the bacterium is selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.

In further embodiments, the method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample further comprises determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is: a C at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; and the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is: a G at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648. In some examples, the bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

The methods may further comprising identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; and an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.

The methods also may further include categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample as one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, as described above and herein. In addition, further grouping of the bacteria into Groups 1a-l, 2a-j, 3a-g, 4a-c and 6a-d, can be performed as described above and herein.

In some examples, the number of fungal cells and/or bacteria in the sample is also determined. The sample may be, for example, a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, such as for example blood, tissue, sputum, lavage fluid, feces, urine or saliva. In particular embodiments, the biological sample is blood. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis. In further embodiments, the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid. In some instances, the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.

The present invention also provides a method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for a SNP in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNP in the 16S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and wherein sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 396, and sepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a G at position 396; and the SNP in the 5.8S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, and sepsis resulting from a fungal infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256. In some embodiments of the method, the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.

In one example, the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

In some embodiments, the methods further comprise identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria when the sepsis is determined to be caused by a Gram-positive bacterium or a Gram-negative bacterium, wherein a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; and an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.

In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.

Also provided is a method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is: a C at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; and sepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a G at position 396; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648; and the SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2, and wherein sepsis resulting from an infection by a fungus selected from among Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans is diagnosed based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:

In particular embodiments, the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

In some example, the method further comprises identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria when the sepsis is determined to be caused by a Gram-positive bacterium or a Gram-negative bacterium, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; and an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.

The invention also provides a method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar is diagnosed when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae is diagnosed when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti is diagnosed when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum is determined when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from the Group 5 bacterium Stenotrophomonas maltophila is diagnosed when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from the Group 7 bacterium Porphyromonas gingivalis is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; and the SNP in the 5.8S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, and sepsis resulting from a fungal infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256.

In another aspect, the invention provides a method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar is diagnosed when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae is diagnosed when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti is diagnosed when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum is determined when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from the Group 5 bacterium Stenotrophomonas maltophila is diagnosed when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; sepsis resulting from the Group 7 bacterium Porphyromonas gingivalis is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; and

the SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2, and wherein sepsis resulting from an infection by a fungus selected from among Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans is diagnosed based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:

In some embodiments of the present methods, if sepsis is determined to result from a bacterium from Group 1, 2, 3, 4, or 6, further grouping of the bacteria into Groups 1a-l, 2a-j, 3a-g, 4a-c and 6a-d, can be performed as described above and herein.

In some embodiments, the number of bacteria and/or fungi in the sample is also determined. In one example, the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis. In further examples, the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid. In one embodiment, the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof. In further embodiments, the methods of diagnosis further comprise administering a therapeutic agent to the subject, such as an anti-fungal agent or an antibiotic.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 shows the results of a quantitative RT-PCR assay (TaqMan® assay) of whole blood spiked with Gram-negative, Gram-positive or fungal organisms.

TABLE A

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCES

Sequence ID

Number
Sequence

SEQ ID NO: 1

Escherichia coli 16S rRNA gene (Genbank accession NR_074891)

SEQ ID NO: 2

Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene (Genbank accession JQ070104.1)

SEQ ID NO: 3

Homo sapiens 5.8S rRNA gene (Genbank accession NR_003285.2)

SEQ ID NO: 4
Gram-positive 396/398 probe GCAACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 5
Gram-positive 396/398 probe GCGACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 6
Gram-negative 396/398 probe GCCAAGTAGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 7
Gram-negative 396/398 probe GCCATGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 8
Gram-negative and Gram-positive 396/398 fwd primer

ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 9
Gram-negative 396/398 rev primer GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 10
Gram-positive 396/398 rev primer GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 11
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GCGATGATCAGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 12
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GCTATGACGCTTAA

SEQ ID NO: 13
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GCTTTGACGCATAA

SEQ ID NO: 14
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GCTATGACGGGTAT

SEQ ID NO: 15
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GCAATGATCAGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 16
Gram-negative 278/286 probe GTTTTGACGTCTAG

SEQ ID NO: 17
Gram-positive 278/286 probe GCAACGATGCATAG

SEQ ID NO: 18
Gram-positive 278/286 probe GCAACGATGCGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 19
Gram-positive 278/286 probe GCCACGATACATAG

SEQ ID NO: 20
Gram-negative 278/286 fwd primer TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGTC

SEQ ID NO: 21
Gram-negative 278/286 fwd primer TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW

SEQ ID NO: 22
Gram-negative 278/286 fwd primer TAARRGATCAGCCTATGTC

SEQ ID NO: 23
Gram-positive 278/286 fwd primer TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY

SEQ ID NO: 24
Gram-positive 278/286 fwd primer TGATGGATGGACCCGCGGT

SEQ ID NO: 25
Gram-negative 278/286 rev primer ATGAACGGCCACATTGG

SEQ ID NO: 26
Gram-negative 278/286 rev primer ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 27
Gram-negative 278/286 rev primer GTGAWCGGACACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 28
Gram-positive 278/286 rev primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 29
Gram-negative 648 probe CTGCTGATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 30
Gram-positive 648 probe CTGGAAAACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 31
Gram-positive 648 probe CTGGGAGACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 32
Gram-negative 648 fwd primer TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATGGA

SEQ ID NO: 33
Gram-positive 648 fwd primer CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 34
Gram-negative 648 rev primer TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 35
Gram-positive 648 rev primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 36
Fungi 164/165 probe CTCTTGGTTCCGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 37
Fungi 164/165 probe CTCTTGGTTCTCGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 38
Fungi 164/165 fwd primer TATGCAGTCTGAGTTGATTATCGTAATC

SEQ ID NO: 39
Fungi 164/165 fwd primer CAGAGGTCTAAACTTACAACCAATTTTTT

SEQ ID NO: 40
Fungi 164/165 rev primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC

SEQ ID NO: 41
Forward primer TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW

SEQ ID NO: 42
Probe GCTATGACGCTTAA

SEQ ID NO: 43
Reverse primer ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 44
Forward primer TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW

SEQ ID NO: 45
Probe GCTTTGACGCATAA

SEQ ID NO: 46
Reverse primer ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 47
Forward primer TAARRGATCAGCCTATGTC

SEQ ID NO: 48
Probe GCTATGACGGGTAT

SEQ ID NO: 49
Reverse primer GTGAWCGGACACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 50
Forward primer CATCAGATGTGCCCAGATG

SEQ ID NO: 51
Probe GCGACGATCCCTAG

SEQ ID NO: 52
Reverse primer ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 53
Forward primer TATCGGATGAACCCATATG

SEQ ID NO: 54
Probe GCGACGATCTCTAG

SEQ ID NO: 55
Reverse primer ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 56
Forward primer TATTCGAGCGGCCGATATC

SEQ ID NO: 57
Probe CCTGCGATCTCTAG

SEQ ID NO: 58
Reverse primer ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 59
Forward primer TATCAGATGAGCCTAGGTC

SEQ ID NO: 60
Probe GCGACGATCCGTAA

SEQ ID NO: 61
Reverse primer ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 62
Forward primer TATTCGAGCGGCCGATATC

SEQ ID NO: 63
Probe GCGACGATCAGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 64
Reverse primer ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 65
Forward primer TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGTC

SEQ ID NO: 66
Probe GCGATGATCAGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 67
Reverse primer ATGAACGGCCACATTGG

SEQ ID NO: 68
Forward primer TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGTC

SEQ ID NO: 69
Probe GCAATGATCAGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 70
Reverse primer ATGAACGGCCACATTGG

SEQ ID NO: 71
Forward primer TTAAGGGAGAGTCTATGGG

SEQ ID NO: 72
Probe GTTTTGACGTCTAG

SEQ ID NO: 73
Reverse primer TTGACCGCCAACACTGG

SEQ ID NO: 74
Forward primer TAAAGGATGGGGATGCGTT

SEQ ID NO: 75
Probe CCTTCGATGGATAG

SEQ ID NO: 76
Reverse primer AAGGTCCCCCACATTGG

SEQ ID NO: 77
Forward primer ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 78
Probe GCAACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 79
Reverse primer GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 80
Forward primer ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 81
Probe GCCAAGTAGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 82
Reverse primer GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 83
Forward primer ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 84
Probe GCCATGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 85
Reverse primer GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 86
Forward primer TAACCATTAAACTGCTTGAGA

SEQ ID NO: 87
Probe CTGATAATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 88
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 89
Forward primer TAACCGTTGAACTGCTTGGGA

SEQ ID NO: 90
Probe CTGGTAATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 91
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 92
Forward primer TAACTACAGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 93
Probe CTGACTATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 94
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 95
Forward primer TAACCATAGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 96
Probe CTACTATTCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 97
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 98
Forward primer TAACTACAGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 99
Probe CTGACTATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 100
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 101
Forward primer TAACTACAGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 102
Probe CTACTATTCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 103
Reverse primer DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAATTSG

SEQ ID NO: 104
Forward primer CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 105
Probe CTGGCAGGCTGGAG

SEQ ID NO: 106
Reverse primer TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 107
Forward primer CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTCGA

SEQ ID NO: 108
Probe CTGGCAGGCTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 109
Reverse primer TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 110
Forward primer CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 111
Probe CTGGCAAGCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 112
Reverse primer TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 113
Forward primer CAACCTGGGAACTGCATCTGA

SEQ ID NO: 114
Probe CTGGCAAGCTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 115
Reverse primer TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 116
Forward primer CAACCTGGGAACTGCATCCAA

SEQ ID NO: 117
Probe CTACTGAGCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 118
Reverse primer CGGTAGAGGGTGGTGGAATTTC

SEQ ID NO: 119
Forward primer TAACTTGGGAATTGCATCTGA

SEQ ID NO: 120
Probe CTGGTTGGCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 121
Reverse primer TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 122
Forward primer TAACCTAGGAATTGCATTTCA

SEQ ID NO: 123
Probe CTGGGTAACTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 124
Reverse primer CTTTAGGGAGGGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 125
Forward primer CAACCCGGGAACTGCGTTCTG

SEQ ID NO: 126
Probe CTGGGTGACTCGAG

SEQ ID NO: 127
Reverse primer TGTCAGAGGGAGGTAGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 128
Forward primer TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATGGA

SEQ ID NO: 129
Probe CTGCTGATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 130
Reverse primer TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 131
Forward primer TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATGGA

SEQ ID NO: 132
Probe CTGCCAATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 133
Reverse primer TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 134
Forward primer CAACCCCAAGCCAGCATCTAA

SEQ ID NO: 135
Probe CTATCTTTCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 136
Reverse primer TAGATGGAGAAAAGGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 137
Forward primer CAACCGTAAAATTGCAGTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 138
Probe CTGTCAGTCTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 139
Reverse primer CAGTAGAGGTGGGCGGAATTCG

SEQ ID NO: 140
Forward primer TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY

SEQ ID NO: 141
Probe GCAACGATGCATAG

SEQ ID NO: 142
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 143
Forward primer TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY

SEQ ID NO: 144
Probe GCAACGATGCGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 145
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 146
Forward primer TRTGAGATGGACCTGCGTT

SEQ ID NO: 147
Probe GCGACGATACATAG

SEQ ID NO: 148
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 149
Forward primer TACCAGATGGACCTGCGTT

SEQ ID NO: 150
Probe GCGACGATACATAG

SEQ ID NO: 151
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 152
Forward primer TGATGGATGGACCCGCGGT

SEQ ID NO: 153
Probe GCCACGATGCATAG

SEQ ID NO: 154
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

SEQ ID NO: 155
Forward primer TGMAGGATGRGCCCGCGGC

SEQ ID NO: 156
Probe GCGACGACGGGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 157
Reverse primer GCGACCGGCCACACTGGGACT

SEQ ID NO: 158
Forward primer TGTGGGATGAGCCCGCGGC

SEQ ID NO: 159
Probe GCGACGACGGGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 160
Reverse primer GTGTCCGGCCACACTGGGACT

SEQ ID NO: 161
Forward primer TATGAGATGGACCCGCGGC

SEQ ID NO: 162
Probe GCGACGATGCTGTAG

SEQ ID NO: 163
Reverse primer GTGATCGGCCACATTGGGACT

SEQ ID NO: 164
Forward primer ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 165
Probe GCAACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 166
Reverse primer GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 167
Forward primer ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 168
Probe GCGACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 169
Reverse primer GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG

SEQ ID NO: 170
Forward primer CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 171
Probe CTGGAAAACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 172
Reverse primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 173
Forward primer CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 174
Probe CTGGGAGACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 175
Reverse primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 176
Forward primer TAACCATTGTACGCTTTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 177
Probe CTGGAGGACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 178
Reverse primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 179
Forward primer CAACCAATGTACGCTTTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 180
Probe CTGGAGAACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 181
Reverse primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 182
Forward primer TAACCATAGTAGGCTTTGGA

SEQ ID NO: 183
Probe CTGTTTAACTTGAG

SEQ ID NO: 184
Reverse primer CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 185
Forward primer TAACCCCGGGTCTGCATTCGA

SEQ ID NO: 186
Probe CGGGCTAGCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 187
Reverse primer YGGTAGGGGAGATCGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 188
Forward primer TAACTGTGAGCGTGCGGGCGA

SEQ ID NO: 189
Probe CGGGCAGACTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 190
Reverse primer CTGCAGGGGAGACTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 191
Forward primer CAACTTGGGTGCTGCATTCCA

SEQ ID NO: 192
Probe CTGGTTATCTAGAG

SEQ ID NO: 193
Reverse primer CAGGAGAGGAGAGTGGAATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 194
Forward primer TATGCAGTCTGAGTTGATTATCGTAATC

SEQ ID NO: 195
Probe CTCTTGGTTCCGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 196
Reverse primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC

SEQ ID NO: 197
Forward primer CAGAGGTCTAAACTTACAACCAATTTTTT

SEQ ID NO: 198
Probe CTCTTGGTTCTCGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 199
Reverse primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC

SEQ ID NO: 200
Forward primer GGCAAACGCAAAATAAATCAAAA

SEQ ID NO: 201
Probe CTCTTGGCTCTGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 202
Reverse primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC

SEQ ID NO: 203
Forward primer AATTAAAACTTTCAACAAC

SEQ ID NO: 204
Probe CTCTTGGCTCTGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 205
Reverse primer ACTTATCGCATTTCG

SEQ ID NO: 206
Forward primer GAAAACAAAAAAAACAAGTTAAAAC

SEQ ID NO: 207
Probe CTCTTGGTTCTGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 208
Reverse primer CACATTACTTATCGCATTTCG

SEQ ID NO: 209
Forward primer TCCAGTCAAAACTTTCAACAAC

SEQ ID NO: 210
Probe CTCTTGGTTCCGACATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 211
Reverse primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

SEQ ID NO: 212
Forward primer CAATAATAAAACTTTCAACAAC

SEQ ID NO: 213
Probe CTCTTGGCTTCCACATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 214
Reverse primer CGCTGCGTTCTTCA

SEQ ID NO: 215
Forward primer GGTTCCGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 216
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 217
Reverse primer GATTCACTGAATTCTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 218
Forward primer TGGTTCTCGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 219
Probe CGATACGTAATATG

SEQ ID NO: 220
Reverse primer CACGAATATCTGCACAATT

SEQ ID NO: 221
Forward primer GGCTCTGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 222
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 223
Reverse primer TTCACTGAATTCTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 224
Forward primer AACGCAGCGAAAT

SEQ ID NO: 225
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 226
Reverse primer ATGATTCACTGAATTCTG

SEQ ID NO: 227
Forward primer TGGTTCTGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 228
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 229
Reverse primer ATTCACTGAATTCTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 230
Forward primer TGGTTCCGACATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 231
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 232
Reverse primer CACGGAATTCTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 233
Forward primer AAGAACGCAGCGAAAT

SEQ ID NO: 234
Probe CGATAAGTAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 235
Reverse primer ATTCACTGAATTCTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 236
Forward primer AAGTAATGTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 237
Probe GTGAATCATCGAG

SEQ ID NO: 238
Reverse primer CCCCCGGAATACCA

SEQ ID NO: 239
Forward primer CGTAATATGAATTGCAGATATTC

SEQ ID NO: 240
Probe GTGAATCATCGAA

SEQ ID NO: 241
Reverse primer GAGGGCGCAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 242
Forward primer GCGAAATGCGATAAGTAA

SEQ ID NO: 243
Probe GTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 244
Reverse primer GATTCGATGATTCACTGAA

SEQ ID NO: 245
Forward primer AATGTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 246
Probe GTGAATCATCGAA

SEQ ID NO: 247
Reverse primer GGGCGCAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 248
Forward primer AAGTAATGTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 249
Probe GTGAATCATCGAA

SEQ ID NO: 250
Reverse primer CGGGCGCAATGT

SEQ ID NO: 251
Forward primer AAGTAATGTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 252
Probe GTGAATCATCGAA

SEQ ID NO: 253
Reverse primer GAGGGCGCAATGTG

SEQ ID NO: 254
Forward primer AAGTAATGTGAATTGCAGAA

SEQ ID NO: 255
Probe GTGAATCATCGAG

SEQ ID NO: 256
Reverse primer CAAGTTGCGTTCAAAGA

SEQ ID NO: 257
Forward primer TCAGTGAATCATCGAGTCTTTGAAC

SEQ ID NO: 258
Probe CCCCCTGGTATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 259
Reverse primer TGCTTGAGGGCAGCAATG

SEQ ID NO: 260
Forward primer TCGTGAATCATCGAATCTTTGAA

SEQ ID NO: 261
Probe CCCTCTGGTATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 262
Reverse primer GGAGAAACGACGCTCAAACAG

SEQ ID NO: 263
Forward primer TTCAGTGAATCATCGAATCTTTGAA

SEQ ID NO: 264
Probe CCCGCCAGGCTCT

SEQ ID NO: 265
Reverse primer GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC

SEQ ID NO: 266
Forward primer TCAGTGAATCATCGAATCTTTGAAC

SEQ ID NO: 267
Probe CCCGCCAGTATTCT

SEQ ID NO: 268
Reverse primer GGTTGTAATGACGCTCGAACAG

SEQ ID NO: 269
Forward primer GCAGAATTCAGTGAATCATCGAAT

SEQ ID NO: 270
Probe CCCGGCAGTAATCT

SEQ ID NO: 271
Reverse primer GAGGTTCGAGGGTTGAAATGAC

SEQ ID NO: 272
Forward primer CCGTGAATCATCGAATCTTTGA

SEQ ID NO: 273
Probe CCCTCTGGTATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 274
Reverse primer GCGCTTGAGGGTTGCAAT

SEQ ID NO: 275
Forward primer TCGAGTCTTTGAACGCAACTTG

SEQ ID NO: 276
Probe CCCTTTGGTATTCC

SEQ ID NO: 277
Reverse primer CGAGGGATTGAGATTTTCATGAC

SEQ ID NO: 278
Gram-negative and Gram-positive reverse primer

GTATTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCAC

SEQ ID NO: 279

Chlamydia and Chlamydophila forward primer

ACTCCTACGGGAGGCTGCAGT

SEQ ID NO: 280

Chlamydia and Chlamydophila reverse primer

GTATTACCGCGGCAGCTGGCAC

SEQ ID NO: 281
Gram-positive probe Group 1 AGCAACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 282
Gram-positive probe Group 2 AGCGACGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 283
Gram-negative probe Group 3 AGCCATGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 284
Gram-negative probe Group 4 AGCAATGCCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 285
Gram-negative probe Group 5 AGCCATACCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 286
Gram-negative probe Group 6 AGCCAAGTAGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 287
Gram-negative probe Group 7 AGCCAAGTCGCGT

SEQ ID NO: 288
Gram-positive probe Group 1a AACCAGAAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 289
Gram-positive probe Group 1b AACCAGAAAGGG

SEQ ID NO: 290
Gram-positive probe Group 1c AACCAGAAAGTC

SEQ ID NO: 291
Gram-negative probe Group 1d AACGAATAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 292
Gram-positive probe Group 1e AAGGAGGAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 293
Gram-positive probe Group 1f AATCAGAAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 294
Gram-positive probe Group 1g GAAGAATAAGCT

SEQ ID NO: 295
Gram-negative probe Group 1h GAATAGAAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 296
Gram-positive probe Group 1i GAGGAGGAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 297
Gram-positive probe Group 1j TACCAGAAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 298
Gram-positive probe Group 1k TACCAGAAAGGG

SEQ ID NO: 299
Gram-positive probe Group 1l TGTGAGGAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 300
Gram-positive probe Group 2a AGATAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 301
Gram-positive probe Group 2b GCAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 302
Gram-positive probe Group 2c GCAGAAGAAGCG

SEQ ID NO: 303
Gram-negative probe Group 2d GCCTAAAGCACC

SEQ ID NO: 304
Gram-positive probe Group 2e GGAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 305
Gram-positive probe Group 2f GGATAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 306
Gram-positive probe Group 2g GGGGAAGAAGCG

SEQ ID NO: 307
Gram-negative probe Group 2h GGTAAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 308
Gram-positive probe Group 2i GTAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 309
Gram-positive probe Group 2j GTTGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 310
Gram-negative probe Group 3a ACAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 311
Gram-negative probe Group 3b ACAGAATAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 312
Gram-negative probe Group 3c GAAGAATAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 313
Gram-negative probe Group 3d GCAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 314
Gram-negative probe Group 3e GCAGAATAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 315
Gram-negative probe Group 3f GGAGAAGAAGCC

SEQ ID NO: 316
Gram-negative probe Group 3g TAAGAATAAGGA

SEQ ID NO: 317
Gram-negative probe Group 4a ACAGAAGAACCA

SEQ ID NO: 318
Gram-negative probe Group 4b GAAGAATAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 319
Gram-negative probe Group 4c GCAGAAGAAGCA

SEQ ID NO: 320
Gram-negative probe Group 6a CATGAATAAGGA

SEQ ID NO: 321
Gram-negative probe Group 6b TACGAATAAGGA

SEQ ID NO: 322
Gram-negative probe Group 6c TATGAATAAGGA

SEQ ID NO: 323
Gram-negative probe Group 6d TTAGAATAAGGA

SEQ ID NO: 324
Probe TTCCGGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 325
Probe TTCTCGCATCGA

SEQ ID NO: 326
Forward primer CAAAACTTTCAACAACGGATCTC

SEQ ID NO: 327
Forward primer TAAAACTTTCAACAACGGATCTC

SEQ ID NO: 328
Reverse primer GACGCTCGGACAGGCATG

SEQ ID NO: 329
Reverse primer GACGCTCAAACAGGCATG

SEQ ID NO: 330
Forward primer AACTTTCAACAACGGATCTCTTGG

SEQ ID NO: 331
Forward primer AACTTTTAACAACGGATCTCTTGG

SEQ ID NO: 332
Reverse primer GCGTTCAAAGATTCGATGATTCAC

SEQ ID NO: 333
Reverse primer GCGTTCAAAGACTCGATGATTCAC

SEQ ID NO: 334
Probe AAATGCGATACGTAA

SEQ ID NO: 335
Probe ATGCGATAAGTAA

TABLE B

NUCLEOTIDE SYMBOLS

Symbol
Description

A
Adenosine

C
Cytidine

G
Guanosine

T
Thymidine

U
Uridine

M
Amino (adenosine, cytosine)

K
Keto (guanosine, thymidine)

R
Purine (adenosine, guanosine)

Y
Pyrimidine (cytosine, thymidine)

N
Any nucleotide

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. Definitions

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, preferred methods and materials are described. For the purposes of the present invention, the following terms are defined below.

The articles “a” and “an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element.

“Amplification product” refers to a nucleic acid product generated by nucleic acid amplification techniques.

The term “biological sample” as used herein refers to a sample that may be extracted, untreated, treated, diluted or concentrated from a patient. Suitably, the biological sample is selected from any part of a patient's body, including, but lot limited to hair, skin, nails, tissues or bodily fluids such as saliva and blood.

Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the words “comprise,” “comprises” and “comprising” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or element or group of steps or elements but not the exclusion of any other step or element or group of steps or elements.

As used herein, “corresponding” nucleic acid positions or nucleotides refer to positions or nucleotides that occur at aligned loci of two or more nucleic acid molecules. Related or variant polynucleotides can be aligned by any method known to those of skill in the art. Such methods typically maximize matches, and include methods such as using manual alignments and by using the numerous alignment programs available (for example, BLASTN) and others known to those of skill in the art. By aligning the sequences of polynucleotides, one skilled in the art can identify corresponding nucleotides or positions using identical nucleotides as guides. For example, by aligning the sequences of the gene encoding the E. coli 16S rRNA (set forth in SEQ ID NO:1) with a gene encoding a 16S rRNA from another species, one of skill in the art can identify corresponding positions and nucleotides using conserved nucleotides as guides.

By “gene” is meant a unit of inheritance that occupies a specific locus on a genome and consists of transcriptional and/or translational regulatory sequences and/or a coding region and/or non-translated sequences (i.e., introns, 5′ and 3′ untranslated sequences).

“Homology” refers to the percentage number of nucleic or amino acids that are identical or constitute conservative substitutions. Homology may be determined using sequence comparison programs such as GAP (Deveraux et al., 1984, Nucleic Acids Research 12, 387-395) which is incorporated herein by reference. In this way sequences of a similar or substantially different length to those cited herein could be compared by insertion of gaps into the alignment, such gaps being determined, for example, by the comparison algorithm used by GAP.

“Hybridization” is used herein to denote the pairing of complementary nucleotide sequences to produce a DNA-DNA hybrid or a DNA-RNA hybrid. Complementary base sequences are those sequences that are related by the base-pairing rules. In DNA, A pairs with T and C pairs with G. In RNA U pairs with A and C pairs with G. In this regard, the terms “match” and “mismatch” as used herein refer to the hybridization potential of paired nucleotides in complementary nucleic acid strands. Matched nucleotides hybridise efficiently, such as the classical A-T and G-C base pair mentioned above. Mismatches are other combinations of nucleotides that do not hybridise efficiently.

By “isolated” is meant material that is substantially or essentially free from components that normally accompany it in its native state.

The term “oligonucleotide” as used herein refers to a polymer composed of a multiplicity of nucleotide residues (deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof) linked via phosphodiester bonds (or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof). Thus, while the term “oligonucleotide” typically refers to a nucleotide polymer in which the nucleotide residues and linkages between them are naturally occurring, it will be understood that the term also includes within its scope various analogues including, but not restricted to, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), phosphoramidates, phosphorothioates, methyl phosphonates, 2-O-methyl ribonucleic acids, and the like. The exact size of the molecule can vary depending on the particular application. An oligonucleotide is typically rather short in length, generally from about 10 to 30 nucleotide residues, but the term can refer to molecules of any length, although the term “polynucleotide” or “nucleic acid” is typically used for large oligonucleotides.

The terms “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably and refer to patients and subjects of human or other mammal and includes any individual it is desired to examine or treat using the methods of the invention. However, it will be understood that “patient” does not imply that symptoms are present. Suitable mammals that fall within the scope of the invention include, but are not restricted to, primates, livestock animals (e.g., sheep, cows, horses, donkeys, pigs), laboratory test animals (e.g., rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters), companion animals (e.g., cats, dogs) and captive wild animals (e.g., foxes, deer, dingoes).

The term “polymorphism”, as used herein, refers to a difference in the nucleotide or amino acid sequence of a given region as compared to a nucleotide or amino acid sequence in a homologous-region of another individual, in particular, a difference in the nucleotide of amino acid sequence of a given region which differs between individuals of the same species. A polymorphism is generally defined in relation to a reference sequence. Polymorphisms include single nucleotide differences, differences in sequence of more than one nucleotide, and single or multiple nucleotide insertions, inversions and deletions; as well as single amino acid differences, differences in sequence of more than one amino acid, and single or multiple amino acid insertions, inversions, and deletions. A “polymorphic site” is the locus at which the variation occurs. It shall be understood that where a polymorphism is present in a nucleic acid sequence, and reference is made to the presence of a particular base or bases at a polymorphic site, the present invention encompasses the complementary base or bases on the complementary strand at that site.

The term “polynucleotide” or “nucleic acid” as used herein designates mRNA, RNA, rRNA, cRNA, cDNA or DNA. The term typically refers to oligonucleotides greater than 30 nucleotide residues in length.

By “primer” is meant an oligonucleotide which, when paired with a strand of DNA, is capable of initiating the synthesis of a primer extension product in the presence of a suitable polymerizing agent. The primer is preferably single-stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification but can alternatively be double-stranded. A primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the polymerization agent. The length of the primer depends on many factors, including application, temperature to be employed, template reaction conditions, other reagents, and source of primers. For example, depending on the complexity of the target sequence, the oligonucleotide primer typically contains 15 to 35 or more nucleotide residues, although it can contain fewer nucleotide residues. Primers can be large polynucleotides, such as from about 200 nucleotide residues to several kilobases or more. Primers can be selected to be “substantially complementary” to the sequence on the template to which it is designed to hybridize and serve as a site for the initiation of synthesis. By “substantially complementary”, it is meant that the primer is sufficiently complementary to hybridize with a target polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the primer contains no mismatches with the template to which it is designed to hybridize but this is not essential. For example, non-complementary nucleotide residues can be attached to the 5′ end of the primer, with the remainder of the primer sequence being complementary to the template. Alternatively, non-complementary nucleotide residues or a stretch of non-complementary nucleotide residues can be interspersed into a primer, provided that the primer sequence has sufficient complementarity with the sequence of the template to hybridize therewith and thereby form a template for synthesis of the extension product of the primer.

“Probe” refers to a molecule that binds to a specific sequence or sub-sequence or other moiety of another molecule. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “probe” typically refers to a polynucleotide probe that binds to another polynucleotide, often called the “target polynucleotide”, through complementary base pairing. Probes can bind target polynucleotides lacking complete sequence complementarity with the probe, depending on the stringency of the hybridization conditions. Probes can be labeled directly or indirectly.

The term “sepsis” is used herein in accordance with its normal meaning in clinical medicine, and includes, for example systemic and/or blood-borne infections, such as bacterial or fungal infections.

The term “sepsis-associated bacteria” refers to bacteria that have been identified as being able to cause sepsis in a subject, or have been identified in the blood of a subject with sepsis. “Mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria” therefore refers to bacteria that have been identified as being able to cause sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, or have been identified in the blood of a mammalian (e.g., human) subject with sepsis. Examples of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria include Acinetobacter baumannii, Actinobacillus hominis, Actinomyces massiliensis, Aeromonas hydrophila, Bacillus anthracis, Bacteroides fragilis, Brucella abortus, Burkholderia cepacia, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter fetus, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Cardiobacterium valvarum, Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydophila abortus, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Citrobacter freundii, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Dermatophilus congolensis, Edwardsiella tarda, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Escherichia coli, Eubacterium desmolans, Flavobacterium ceti, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Legionella pneumophila, Leptospira interrogans, Listeria monocytogenes, Micrococcus luteus, Mobiluncus curtisii, Moraxella catarrhalis, Morganella morganii, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis, Pasteurella multocida, Peptostreptococcus stomatis, Porphyromonas gingivalis, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Proteus mirabilis, Providencia alcalifaciens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Rhodococcus equi, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella dispar, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella rogosae, Vibrio cholerae, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis.

The term “sepsis-associated fungi” refers to fungi (including yeast) that have been identified as being able to cause sepsis in a subject, or have been identified in the blood of a subject with sepsis. “Mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated fungi” therefore refers to fungi that have been identified as being able to cause sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, or have been identified in the blood of a mammalian (e.g., human) subject with sepsis. Examples of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis associated fungi include Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys species, Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium species, Aspergillus fumigatus, and Cryptococcus neoformans.

As used herein, “sepsis” is defined as SIRS with a presumed or confirmed infectious process. Confirmation of infectious process can be determined using microbiological culture or isolation of the infectious agent. From an immunological perspective, sepsis may be seen as a systemic response to microorganisms or systemic infection.

The term “sequence identity” as used herein refers to the extent that sequences are identical on a nucleotide-by-nucleotide basis or an amino acid-by-amino acid basis over a window of comparison. Thus, a “percentage of sequence identity” is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, I) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.

As used herein, the term single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) refers to nucleotide sequence variations that occur when a single nucleotide (A, T, C or G) in the genome sequence is altered (such as via substitutions, addition or deletion). SNPs can occur in both coding (gene) and noncoding regions of the genome such as the genome of a prokaryotic or eukaryotic microorganism.

“Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome (SIRS),” as used herein, refers to a clinical response arising from a non-specific insult with two or more of the following measureable clinical characteristics; a body temperature greater than 38° C. or less than 36° C., a heart rate greater than 90 beats per minute, a respiratory rate greater than 20 per minute, a white blood cell count (total leukocytes) greater than 12,000 per mm³or less than 4,000 per mm³, or a band neutrophil percentage greater than 10%. From an immunological perspective, it may be seen as representing a systemic response to insult (e.g., major surgery) or systemic inflammation. As used herein, therefore, “infection-negative SIRS (inSIRS)” includes the clinical response noted above but in the absence of an identifiable infectious process.

As used herein, the terms “treatment,” “treating,” and the like, refer to obtaining a desired pharmacologic and/or physiologic effect. The effect may be prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing an infection, condition or symptom thereof and/or may be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure for an infection, condition and/or adverse affect attributable to the infection or condition. “Treatment,” as used herein, covers any treatment of an infection or condition in a mammal (e.g., a human), and includes: (a) preventing the infection or condition from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the infection or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the infection or condition, i.e., arresting its development; and (c) relieving the infection or condition, i.e., causing regression of the infection or condition.

2. Polymorphisms of the Invention

The present invention is based in part on the determination that SNPs within the 16S rRNA gene (and thus within the 16S rRNA molecule) of bacteria can be used to classify the bacteria as Gram-positive or Gram-negative. Particular combinations of SNPs can be used to classify bacteria further, and in particular further classify or identify mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterial pathogens. The present invention is also based in part on the determination that a single SNP within the 5.8S rRNA gene (and thus within the 5.8S rRNA molecule) of eukaryotes can be used to differentiate fungal cells (including yeast cells) from mammalian cells. It has further been determined that a combination of SNPs within the 5.8S rRNA of eukaryotes can be used to differentiate and identify the most common mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogens.

2.1 Classification of Bacteria Using SNPs in 16S rRNA

The present invention provides methods for determining the Gram status of bacteria in a sample, i.e. determining whether the bacteria are Gram-positive or Gram-negative. As demonstrated herein, polymorphisms at nucleotide positions of the gene encoding 16S rRNA (and thus of the 16S rRNA molecule itself) that correspond to positions 396 and 398 of the E. coli 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 can be used to determine the Gram status of the vast majority of bacteria, including most mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens (including common bacteria found contaminating red blood cell and platelet preparations, the most common bacteria found in mammalian (e.g., human) faecal samples and many pathogens causing sepsis), the most common soil bacteria, and common bacteria found in work environments. Positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of SEQ ID NO:1 in any prokaryotic 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) are readily identifiable by alignment with the Escherichia coli 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1. In some examples, a highly conserved sequence that corresponds to nucleotides 518-537 of SEQ ID NO:1 and that is common to nearly 7000 bacterial species across its entire length, can be used to assist alignment. The general rules for differentiating most Gram-positive and Gram-negative prokaryotes using these two SNPs are depicted in Table 1.

TABLE 1

Gram Status
SNP 396
SNP 398

Negative
C
T/A/C

Positive
A/T/G
C

Thus, the present invention provides methods for determining the Gram status of a bacterium in a sample, by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein a C at position 396 and a T, A or C at position 398 indicates that the bacterium in the sample is a Gram-negative bacterium; and an A, T or G at position 396 and a C at position 398 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium. Bacteria that can be classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative using SNPs at positions corresponding to 396 and 398 of the E. coli 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 include, for example, Acinetobacter spp.; Actinobaccillus spp.; Actinomadura spp.; Actinomyces spp.; Actinoplanes spp.; Aeromonas spp.; Agrobacterium spp.; Alistipes spp.; Anaerococcus spp.; Arthrobacter spp.; Bacillus spp.; Brucella spp.; Bulleidia spp.; Burkholderia spp.; Cardiobacterium spp.; Citrobacter spp.; Clostridium spp.; Corynebacterium spp.; Dermatophilus spp.; Dorea spp.; Edwardsiella spp.; Enterobacter spp.; Enterococcus spp.; Erysipelothrix spp.; Escherichia spp.; Eubacterium spp.; Faecalibacterium spp.; Filifactor spp.; Finegoldia spp.; Flavobacterium spp.; Gallicola spp.; Haemophilus spp.; Helcococcus spp.; Holdemania spp.; Hyphomicrobium spp.; Klebsiella spp.; Lactobacillus spp.; Legionella spp.; Listeria spp.; Methylobacterium spp.; Micrococcus spp.; Micromonospora spp.; Mobiluncus spp.; Moraxella spp.; Morganella spp.; Mycobacterium spp.; Neisseria spp.; Nocardia spp.; Paenibacillus spp.; Parabacteroides spp.; Pasteurella spp.; Peptoniphilus spp.; Peptostreptococcus spp.; Planococcus spp.; Planomicrobium spp.; Plesiomonas spp.; Porphyromonas spp.; Prevotella spp.; Propionibacterium spp.; Proteus spp.; Providentia spp.; Pseudomonas spp.; Ralstonia spp.; Rhodococcus spp.; Roseburia spp.; Ruminococcus spp.; Salmonella spp.; Sedimentibacter spp.; Serratia spp.; Shigella spp.; Solobacterium spp.; Sphingomonas spp.; Sporanaerobacter spp.; Staphylococcus spp.; Stenotrophomonas spp.; Streptococcus spp.; Streptomyces spp.; Tissierella spp.; Vibrio spp.; and Yersinia spp.

Particular examples of pathogens that can be classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative using SNPs at positions 396 and 398 include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Table 2.

TABLE 2

Bacterial

16S rRNA Genbank

ID No.
Species
Acc. No.

1

Acinetobacter baumannii ATCC 17978 strain ATCC 17978
NR_074737.1

2

Acinetobacter calcoaceticus NCCB 22016 strain: NCCB 22016
NR_042387.1

3

Actinobacillus arthritidis strain ACCUG 24862
NR_044613.1

4

Actinobacillus capsulatus strain CCUG 12396
NR_042864.1

5

Actinobacillus delphinicola strain NCTC 12870
NR_042865.1

6

Actinobacillus equuli subsp. equuli strain ATCC 19392
NR_041837.1

7

Actinobacillus equuli subsp. haemolyticus strain F 154
NR_036871.1

8

Actinobacillus hominis strain NCTC 11529
NR_042866.1

9

Actinobacillus indolicus strain 46KC2
NR_042867.1

10

Actinobacillus lignieresii strain NCTC 4189
NR_042868.1

11

Actinobacillus minor NM305 strain NM305
NR_042869.1

12

Actinobacillus muris strain NCTC 12432
NR_042870.1

13

Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae

NR_044752.1

14

Actinobacillus pleuropneumoniae serovar 5b str. L20 strain L20
NR_074857.1

15

Actinobacillus porcinus strain NM319
NR_026030.1

16

Actinobacillus rossii strain ATCC 27072
NR_042871.1

17

Actinobacillus scotiae strain M2000/95/1
NR_027207.1

18

Actinobacillus seminis strain CCUG 27187
NR_042872.1

19

Actinobacillus succinogenes 130Z strain 130Z
NR_074818.1

20

Actinobacillus succinogenes strain 130Z
NR_024860.1

21

Actinobacillus suis ATCC 33415 strain ATCC 33415
NR_042873.1

22

Actinobacillus suis H91-0380 strain H91-0380
NR_074909.1

23

Actinobacillus ureae ATCC 25976 strain CCUG 2139
NR_042874.1

24

Actinomyces bovis strain NCTC 11535
NR_044862.1

25

Actinomyces bowdenii strain M1956/95/1
NR_041982.1

26

Actinomyces canis strain CCUG 41706
NR_025366.1

27

Actinomyces cardiffensis strain CCUG 44997
NR_025521.1

28

Actinomyces catuli strain CCUG 41709
NR_025397.1

29

Actinomyces coleocanis strain M343/98/2
NR_028905.1

30

Actinomyces dentalis strain R18165
NR_025633.1

31

Actinomyces denticolens strain NCTC 11490
NR_026181.1

32

Actinomyces europaeus strain CCUG 32789A
NR_026363.1

33

Actinomyces funkei strain CCUG 42773
NR_028960.1

34

Actinomyces georgiae strain 6843 DSM
NR_026182.1

35

Actinomyces graevenitzii strain: CCUG 27294
NR_042167.1

36

Actinomyces hongkongensis strain HKU8
NR_025200.1

37

Actinomyces hordeovulneris strain CIP 103149
NR_026225.1

38

Actinomyces howellii strain NCTC 11636
NR_026180.1

39

Actinomyces hyovaginalis strain BM 1192/5
NR_026097.1

40

Actinomyces marimammalium strain CCUG 41710
NR_025395.1

41

Actinomyces massiliensis strain 4401292
NR_044288.1

42

Actinomyces meyeri strain Prevot 2477B
NR_029286.1

43

Actinomyces naeslundii strain CDC W826
NR_037033.1

44

Actinomyces nasicola strain R2014
NR_025568.1

45

Actinomyces odontolyticus strain CCUG 20536
NR_041983.1

46

Actinomyces radicidentis strain CCUG 36733
NR_025379.1

47

Actinomyces radingae strain ATCC 51856
NR_026169.1

48

Actinomyces ruminicola strain B71
NR_043523.1

49

Actinomyces slackii strain CCUG 32792
NR_041984.1

50

Actinomyces suimastitidis strain CCUG 39276
NR_025401.1

51

Actinomyces turicensis strain APL10
NR_037020.1

52

Actinomyces urogenitalis strain CCUG 38702
NR_025364.1

53

Actinomyces vaccimaxillae strain R10176
NR_025523.1

54

Actinomyces viscosus strain NCTC 10951
NR_026228.1

55

Aeromonas hydrophila strain CCM 7232; ATCC 7966
NR_043638.1

56

Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. dhakensis strain: LMG 19562
NR_042155.1

57

Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. hydrophila ATCC 7966 strain ATCC 7966
NR_074841.1

58

Aeromonas hydrophila subsp. ranae strain: CIP 107985
NR_042518.1

59

Aeromonas veronii

NR_044845.1

60

Bacillus acidiceler strain CBD 119
NR_043774.1

61

Bacillus acidicola strain 105-2
NR_041942.1

62

Bacillus aeolius strain 4-1
NR_025557.1

63

Bacillus aerius strain: 24K
NR_042338.1

64

Bacillus aerophiles strain: 28K
NR_042339.1

65

Bacillus agaradhaerens strain DSM 8721
NR_026142.1

66

Bacillus akibai strain 1139
NR_028620.1

67

Bacillus alcalophilus strain 1
NR_036889.1

68

Bacillus algicola strain F12
NR_029077.1

69

Bacillus alkalidiazotrophicus strain MS 6
NR_044420.1

70

Bacillus alkalinitrilicus strain ANL-iso4
NR_044204.1

71

Bacillus alkalitelluris strain BA288
NR_043210.1

72

Bacillus altitudinis strain: 41KF2b
NR_042337.1

73

Bacillus alveayuensis strain TM 1
NR_043013.1

74

Bacillus amyloliquefaciens FZB42 strain FZB42
NR_075005.1

75

Bacillus amyloliquefaciens strain NBRC 15535
NR_041455.1

76

Bacillus anthracis str. Ames strain Ames
NR_074453.1

77

Bacillus anthracis strain ATCC 14578
NR_041248.1

78

Bacillus aquimaris strain TF-12
NR_025241.1

79

Bacillus arseniciselenatis strain E1H
NR_036852.1

80

Bacillus asahii strain MA001
NR_024817.1

81

Bacillus atrophaeus 1942 strain 1942
NR_075016.1

82

Bacillus atrophaeus strain JCM9070
NR_024689.1

83

Bacillus aurantiacus strain: K1-5
NR_042213.1

84

Bacillus azotoformans strain NBRC 15712
NR_041641.1

85

Bacillus badius strain 110
NR_036893.1

86

Bacillus barbaricus strain V2-BIII-A2
NR_028967.1

87

Bacillus bataviensis strain IDA1115
NR_036766.1

88

Bacillus benzoevorans strain NCIMB 12555
NR_044828.1

89

Bacillus bogoriensis strain LBB3
NR_042894.1

90

Bacillus boroniphilus strain T-15Z
NR_041275.1

91

Bacillus butanolivorans strain K9
NR_044170.1

92

Bacillus carboniphilus strain JCM9731
NR_024690.1

93

Bacillus cecembensis

NR_042648.1

94

Bacillus cellulosilyticus DSM 2522 strain DSM 2522
NR_074904.1

95

Bacillus cellulosilyticus DSM 2522 strain N-4
NR_040850.1

96

Bacillus cereus ATCC 14579 strain ATCC 14579
NR_074540.1

97

Bacillus cibi strain JG-30
NR_042974.1

98

Bacillus circulans

NR_042726.1

99

Bacillus clarkii strain DSM 8720
NR_026141.1

100

Bacillus clausii KSM-K16 strain KSM-K16
NR_074988.1

101

Bacillus coagulans strain NBRC 12583
NR_041523.1

102

Bacillus coahuilensis m4-4 strain m4-4
NR_044037.1

103

Bacillus cohnii strain DSM 6307
NR_026138.1

104

Bacillus cytotoxicus NVH 391-98 strain NVH 391-98
NR_074914.1

105

Bacillus decolorationis strain LMG 19507
NR_025473.1

106

Bacillus drentensis strain IDA1967
NR_029002.1

107

Bacillus edaphicus strain T7
NR_028674.1

108

Bacillus endophyticus strain 2DT
NR_025122.1

109

Bacillus farraginis strain R-6540
NR_025785.1

110

Bacillus fastidiosus strain DSM 91
NR_044829.1

111

Bacillus firmus strain IAM 12464
NR_025842.1

112

Bacillus firmus strain KSC_SF8b
NR_043991.1

113

Bacillus flexus strain IFO15715
NR_024691.1

114

Bacillus foraminis strain: CV53
NR_042274.1

115

Bacillus fordii strain R-7190
NR_025786.1

116

Bacillus fortis strain R-6514
NR_042905.1

117

Bacillus fumarioli strain LMG 17489
NR_025370.1

118

Bacillus funiculus strain NAF001
NR_028624.1

119

Bacillus galactosidilyticus strain LMG 17892
NR_025580.1

120

Bacillus gelatini strain LMG 21880
NR_025595.1

121

Bacillus ginsengi strain ge14
NR_044193.1

122

Bacillus ginsengihumi strain Gsoil 114
NR_041378.1

123

Bacillus halmapalus strain DSM 8723
NR_026144.1

124

Bacillus halodurans C-125 strain C-125
NR_074984.1

125

Bacillus halodurans strain DSM 497
NR_025446.1

126

Bacillus hemicellulosilyticus strain C-11
NR_040848.1

127

Bacillus herbersteinensis strain: D-1,5a
NR_042286.1

128

Bacillus horikoshii strain DSM8719
NR_040852.1

129

Bacillus horti strain K13
NR_036860.1

130

Bacillus humi strain LMG 22167
NR_025626.1

131

Bacillus hwajinpoensis strain SW-72
NR_025264.1

132

Bacillus idriensis strain SMC 4352-2
NR_043268.1

133

Bacillus indicus strain Sd/3
NR_029022.1

134

Bacillus infantis strain SMC 4352-1
NR_043267.1

135

Bacillus infernus strain TH-23
NR_027227.1

136

Bacillus isabeliae strain: CVS-8
NR_042619.1

137

Bacillus jeotgali strain YKJ-10
NR_025060.1

138

Bacillus koreensis strain BR030
NR_043084.1

139

Bacillus korlensis strain ZLC-26
NR_044538.1

140

Bacillus kribbensis strain BT080
NR_043682.1

141

Bacillus krulwichiae strain AM31D
NR_024798.1

142

Bacillus lehensis strain MLB2
NR_036940.1

143

Bacillus lentus strain NCIMB8773
NR_040792.1

144

Bacillus licheniformis DSM 13 = ATCC 14580 strain ATCC 14580;
NR_074923.1

DSM 13

145

Bacillus litoralis strain SW-211
NR_043015.1

146

Bacillus luciferensis strain LMG 18422
NR_025511.1

147

Bacillus macauensis strain ZFHKF-1
NR_042892.1

148

Bacillus macyae strain JMM-4
NR_025650.1

149

Bacillus mannanilyticus strain AM-001
NR_040851.1

150

Bacillus marisflavi strain TF-11
NR_025240.1

151

Bacillus massiliensis strain 4400831
NR_043092.1

152

Bacillus megaterium QM B1551 strain QM B1551
NR_074290.1

153

Bacillus megaterium strain IAM 13418
NR_043401.1

154

Bacillus methanolicus strain NCIMB 13113
NR_040985.1

155

Bacillus mojavensis strain IFO15718
NR_024693.1

156

Bacillus mucilaginosus strain 1480D
NR_028675.1

157

Bacillus murimartini strain LMG 21005
NR_042084.1

158

Bacillus mycoides strain 273
NR_036880.1

159

Bacillus nealsonii strain DSM 15077
NR_044546.1

160

Bacillus niabensis strain 4T19
NR_043334.1

161

Bacillus niacini strain IFO15566
NR_024695.1

162

Bacillus novalis strain: LMG 21837
NR_042168.1

163

Bacillus odysseyi strain 34hs1
NR_025258.1

164

Bacillus okhensis strain Kh10-101
NR_043484.1

165

Bacillus okuhidensis strain GTC 854
NR_024766.1

166

Bacillus oleronius strain ATCC 700005
NR_043325.1

167

Bacillus oshimensis strain K11
NR_041241.1

168

Bacillus panaciterrae strain Gsoil 1517
NR_041379.1

169

Bacillus plakortidis strain: P203
NR_042383.1

170

Bacillus pocheonensis strain Gsoil 420
NR_041377.1

171

Bacillus polygoni strain YN-1
NR_041571.1

172

Bacillus pseudalcaliphilus DSM 8725
NR_026145.1

173

Bacillus pseudofirmus strain DSM 8715
NR_026139.1

174

Bacillus psychrosaccharolyticus strain ATCC23296
NR_040793.1

175

Bacillus pumilus SAFR-032 strain SAFR-032
NR_074977.1

176

Bacillus pumilus strain ATCC 7061
NR_043242.1

177

Bacillus ruris strain: R-6760 = LMG 22866
NR_042161.1

178

Bacillus safensis strain FO-036b
NR_041794.1

179

Bacillus schlegelii strain ATCC 43741
NR_040845.1

180

Bacillus selenatarsenatis strain SF-1
NR_041465.1

181

Bacillus seohaeanensis strain BH724
NR_043083.1

182

Bacillus shackletonii strain LMG 18435
NR_025373.1

183

Bacillus simplex strain DSM 1321
NR_042136.1

184

Bacillus siralis strain 171544
NR_028709.1

185

Bacillus smithii strain NRS-173
NR_036987.1

186

Bacillus soli strain R-16300
NR_025591.1

187

Bacillus solisalsi strain YC1
NR_044387.1

188

Bacillus sonorensis strain NRRL B-23154
NR_025130.1

189

Bacillus sp. LMG 20238 strain LMG 20238
NR_042083.1

190

Bacillus sporothermodurans strain M215
NR_026010.1

191

Bacillus stratosphericus strain: 41KF2a
NR_042336.1

192

Bacillus subtilis subsp. spizizenii strain NRRL B-23049
NR_024931.1

193

Bacillus subtilis subsp. subtilis strain DSM 10
NR_027552.1

194

Bacillus taeanensis strain BH030017
NR_043012.1

195

Bacillus thermoamylovorans strain DKP
NR_029151.1

196

Bacillus thermocloaceae strain S 6025
NR_036986.1

197

Bacillus thioparans strain BMP-1
NR_043762.1

198

Bacillus thuringiensis strain IAM 12077
NR_043403.1

199

Bacillus vallismortis strain DSM11031
NR_024696.1

200

Bacillus vedderi strain JaH
NR_026526.1

201

Bacillus vietnamensis strain 15-1
NR_024808.1

202

Bacillus vireti strain R-15447
NR_025590.1

203

Bacillus wakoensis strain N-1
NR_040849.1

204

Bacillus weihenstephanensis KBAB4 strain KBAB4
NR_074926.1

205

Bacillus weihenstephanensis strain DSM11821
NR_024697.1

206

Bacteroides acidifaciens strain A40
NR_028607.1

207

Bacteroides barnesiae strain JCM 13652
NR_041446.1

208

Bacteroides caccae strain ATCC 43185
NR_026242.1

209

Bacteroides cellulosilyticus DSM 14838 strain: CRE21
NR_042203.1

210

Bacteroides cellulosolvens strain ATCC 35603
NR_025918.1

211

Bacteroides coprocola DSM 17136 strain M16
NR_041278.1

212

Bacteroides coprophilus DSM 18228 strain CB42 (=JCM 13818,
NR_041461.1

=DSM 18228)

213

Bacteroides coprosuis DSM 18011 strain PC139
NR_041818.1

214

Bacteroides dorei DSM 17855 strain JCM 13471
NR_041351.1

215

Bacteroides eggerthii DSM 20697 strain DSM 20697
NR_040864.1

216

Bacteroides finegoldii DSM 17565 strain JCM 13345
NR_041313.1

217

Bacteroides fragilis NCTC 9343 strain ATCC 25285 = NCTC 9343
NR_074784.1

218

Bacteroides fragilis YCH46 strain YCH46
NR_074839.1

219

Bacteroides gallinarum strain JCM 13658
NR_041448.1

220

Bacteroides graminisolvens strain XDT-1
NR_041642.1

221

Bacteroides helcogenes P 36-108 strain P 36-108
NR_074546.1

222

Bacteroides helcogenes strain JCM 6297
NR_041279.1

223

Bacteroides heparinolyticus

NR_044633.1

224

Bacteroides intestinalis DSM 17393 strain JCM 13265
NR_041307.1

225

Bacteroides massiliensis strain B84634
NR_042745.1

226

Bacteroides nordii strain WAL 11050
NR_043017.1

227

Bacteroides ovatus strain JCM 5824
NR_040865.1

228

Bacteroides plebeius DSM 17135 strain M12
NR_041277.1

229

Bacteroides propionicifaciens strain SV434
NR_041485.1

230

Bacteroides pyogenes strain JCM 10003
NR_041280.1

231

Bacteroides pyogenes strain JCM 6294
NR_041281.1

232

Bacteroides salanitronis DSM 18170 strain DSM 18170
NR_074616.1

233

Bacteroides salanitronis DSM 18170 strain JCM 13657
NR_041447.1

234

Bacteroides salyersiae strain WAL 10018
NR_043016.1

235

Bacteroides stercoris ATCC 43183
NR_027196.1

236

Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron VPI-5482 strain VPI-5482
NR_074277.1

237

Bacteroides uniformis strain JCM 5828
NR_040866.1

238

Bacteroides vulgatus ATCC 8482 strain ATCC 8482
NR_074515.1

239

Bacteroides xylanisolvens strain: XB1A
NR_042499.1

240

Brucella abortus strain: NCTC 10093
NR_042460.1

241

Brucella canis

NR_044652.1

242

Brucella canis ATCC 23365
NR_074286.1

243

Brucella ceti strain NCTC 12891
NR_042463.1

244

Brucella melitensis biovar Melitensis strain 2000031283; ATCC 23456
NR_043003.1

245

Brucella microti CCM 4915 strain CCM 4915
NR_074336.1

246

Brucella microti CCM 4915 strain CCM 4915
NR_042549.1

247

Brucella neotomae 5K33 strain 2002721533; ATCC 23459
NR_043004.1

248

Brucella ovis strain 63/290
NR_036772.1

249

Brucella pinnipedialis B2/94 strain B2/94
NR_074332.1

250

Brucella pinnipedialis strain NCTC 12890
NR_042462.1

251

Brucella suis 1330 strain: NCTC 10316
NR_042461.1

252

Burkholderia cepacia strain 717
NR_029209.1

253

Burkholderia cepacia strain LMG 14294
NR_041719.1

254

Burkholderia pseudomallei K96243 strain K96243
NR_074340.1

255

Burkholderia pseudomallei strain ATCC 23343
NR_043553.1

256

Cardiobacterium valvarum strain MDA3079
NR_028847.1

257

Citrobacter braakii strain 167
NR_028687.1

258

Citrobacter farmeri strain CDC 2991-81
NR_024861.1

259

Citrobacter freundii strain DSM 30039
NR_028894.1

260

Citrobacter gillenii strain CDC 4693-86
NR_041697.1

261

Citrobacter murliniae strain CDC 2970-59
NR_028688.1

262

Citrobacter rodentium ICC168 strain ICC168
NR_074903.1

263

Citrobacter rodentium strain DO 14784
NR_028685.1

264

Citrobacter sedlakii strain I-75
NR_028686.1

265

Citrobacter werkmanii strain CDC 0876-58
NR_024862.1

266

Citrobacter youngae strain GTC 1314
NR_041527.1

267

Clostridium botulinum A strain ELTDK 103
NR_029157.1

268

Clostridium botulinum strain 2318
NR_036786.1

269

Clostridium difficile 630 strain 630
NR_074454.1

270

Clostridium perfringens strain 13
NR_074482.1

271

Corynebacterium accolens strain CIP104783T, (ATCC49724T)
NR_042139.1

272

Corynebacterium afermentans strain CIP 103500
NR_044865.1

273

Corynebacterium afermentans subsp. afermentans strain CIP 103499
NR_026214.1

274

Corynebacterium ammoniagenes strain Cooke J.V 9.6
NR_037039.1

275

Corynebacterium amycolatum strain CIP 103452
NR_026215.1

276

Corynebacterium appendicis strain IMMIB R-3491
NR_028951.1

277

Corynebacterium aquilae strain S-613
NR_028989.1

278

Corynebacterium atypicum strain R2070
NR_025540.1

279

Corynebacterium aurimucosum strain IMMIB D-1488
NR_028941.1

280

Corynebacterium auris strain DZZM 328
NR_026211.1

281

Corynebacterium auriscanis strain CCUG 39784
NR_025365.1

282

Corynebacterium bovis strain ATCC13722
NR_041812.1

283

Corynebacterium bovis strain Evans
NR_037042.1

284

Corynebacterium callunae strain NCIMB 10338
NR_037036.1

285

Corynebacterium camporealensis strain CRS-51
NR_029326.1

286

Corynebacterium capitovis strain CCUG 39779
NR_025436.1

287

Corynebacterium casei strain LMG S-19264
NR_025101.1

288

Corynebacterium caspium strain M/106/00/5
NR_029017.1

289

Corynebacterium ciconiae strain BS13
NR_029007.1

290

Corynebacterium confusum strain DMMZ 2439
NR_026449.1

291

Corynebacterium coyleae strain: DSM 44184 = CCUG 35014 = DMMZ
NR_044905.1

214

292

Corynebacterium cystitidis strain 42 Fukuya
NR_037037.1

293

Corynebacterium diphtheriae strain C7 s (—) tox
NR_037079.1

294

Corynebacterium durum strain IBS G15036
NR_026539.1

295

Corynebacterium efficiens YS-314
NR_024772.1

296

Corynebacterium falsenii CCUG 33651
NR_026415.1

297

Corynebacterium felinum strain CCUG 39943
NR_025496.1

298

Corynebacterium flavescens strain NCDO 1320
NR_037040.1

299

Corynebacterium freiburgense strain 1045
NR_044584.1

300

Corynebacterium freneyi strain 20695110
NR_042025.1

301

Corynebacterium glaucum strain IMMIB R-5091
NR_028971.1

302

Corynebacterium glutamicum strain ATCC 13032
NR_074663.1

303

Corynebacterium glutamicum strain ATCC13032
NR_041817.1

304

Corynebacterium halotolerans strain YIM70093
NR_029074.1

305

Corynebacterium hansenii strain: DSM 45109
NR_042703.1

306

Corynebacterium imitans strain 2023
NR_026369.1

307

Corynebacterium jeikeium K411 strain K411 = NCTC 11915
NR_074706.1

308

Corynebacterium jeikeium strain A376/84
NR_037035.1

309

Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii strain DSM 44385
NR_074408.1

310

Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii strain CCUG 35717
NR_026380.1

311

Corynebacterium kutscheri strain CIP 103423
NR_037034.1

312

Corynebacterium lipophiloflavum strain DSM 44291
NR_026370.1

313

Corynebacterium lubricantis strain: KSS-3Se
NR_044603.1

314

Corynebacterium macginleyi strain CIP104099T, (ATCC51787T)
NR_042138.1

315

Corynebacterium massiliense strain 5402485
NR_044182.1

316

Corynebacterium mastitidis strain S-8
NR_026376.1

317

Corynebacterium matruchotii strain CIP 81.82
NR_026216.1

318

Corynebacterium minutissimum strain NCTC 10288
NR_037124.1

319

Corynebacterium mucifaciens strain DMMZ 2278
NR_026396.1

320

Corynebacterium mycetoides strain NCTC 9864
NR_037078.1

321

Corynebacterium phocae strain M408/89/1
NR_026379.1

322

Corynebacterium pilosum strain ATCC 29592
NR_026212.1

323

Corynebacterium propinquum strain B 77159
NR_037038.1

324

Corynebacterium pseudodiphtheriticum strain CIP103420T,
NR_042137.1

(ATCC10700)

325

Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis strain E 23
NR_037070.1

326

Corynebacterium renale strain Charita a
NR_037069.1

327

Corynebacterium resistens strain DSM 45100
NR_074826.1

328

Corynebacterium resistens strain GTC 2026
NR_040999.1

329

Corynebacterium riegelii strain DMMZ 2415
NR_026434.1

330

Corynebacterium simulans strain UCL553
NR_025309.1

331

Corynebacterium singulare strain IBS B52218
NR_026394.1

332

Corynebacterium sphenisci strain CECT 5990
NR_028015.1

333

Corynebacterium spheniscorum strain PG 39
NR_027201.1

334

Corynebacterium sputi strain: IMMIB L-999
NR_042686.1

335

Corynebacterium striatum strain Minnett
NR_037041.1

336

Corynebacterium suicordis strain S-81/02
NR_042151.1

337

Corynebacterium sundsvallense strain CCUG 36622
NR_026375.1

338

Corynebacterium terpenotabidum strain IFO 14764
NR_040775.1

339

Corynebacterium testudinoris strain CCUG 41823
NR_025434.1

340

Corynebacterium thomssenii strain DSM 44276
NR_024849.1

341

Corynebacterium timonense strain 5401744
NR_044181.1

342

Corynebacterium tuberculostearicum strain Medalle X
NR_028975.1

343

Corynebacterium tuscaniense strain ISS-5309; ATCC BAA-1141;
NR_043093.1

CCUG 51321

344

Corynebacterium ulcerans BR-AD22 strain BR-AD22
NR_074467.1

345

Corynebacterium ulcerans strain NCTC 7910
NR_029292.1

346

Corynebacterium ulceribovis strain: IMMIB L-1395
NR_042681.1

347

Corynebacterium urealyticum

NR_027597.1

348

Corynebacterium urealyticum strain DSM 7109
NR_074344.1

349

Corynebacterium ureicelerivorans strain: IMMIB RIV-2301
NR_042558.1

350

Corynebacterium variabile strain DSM 20132
NR_025314.1

351

Corynebacterium xerosis strain ATCC 373
NR_026213.1

352

Dermatophilus congolensis strain DSM 44180
NR_041990.1

353

Edwardsiella tarda strain ATCC15947
NR_024770.1

354

Enterobacter aerogenes strain JCM1235
NR_024643.1

355

Enterobacter cloacae strain 279-56
NR_028912.1

356

Enterobacter cloacae subsp. dissolvens strain LMG 2683
NR_044978.1

357

Enterococcus faecalis strain JCM 5803
NR_040789.1

358

Enterococcus faecalis V583 strain V583
NR_074637.1

359

Enterococcus faecium strain LMG 11423
NR_042054.1

360

Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae str. Fujisawa strain Fujisawa
NR_074878.1

361

Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae strain ATCC 19414
NR_040837.1

362

Eubacterium acidaminophilum strain DSM 3953
NR_024922.1

363

Eubacterium angustum

NR_044642.1

364

Eubacterium brachy strain BR-179
NR_036993.1

365

Eubacterium budayi strain JCM 9989
NR_024682.1

366

Eubacterium cellulosolvens 6
NR_026106.1

367

Eubacterium combesii strain ATCC 25545
NR_042951.1

368

Eubacterium desmolans

NR_044644.1

369

Eubacterium eligens strain ATCC 27750
NR_074613.1

370

Eubacterium infirmum strain W 1471
NR_029178.1

371

Eubacterium minutum strain SC 87K
NR_036949.1

372

Eubacterium multiforme strain JCM 6484
NR_024683.1

373

Eubacterium nitritogenes strain JCM 6485
NR_024684.1

374

Eubacterium nodatum strain AK-5
NR_036994.1

375

Eubacterium pyruvativorans

NR_042074.1

376

Eubacterium rectale strain ATCC 33656
NR_074634.1

377

Eubacterium ruminantium strain GA195
NR_024661.1

378

Eubacterium saphenum ATCC 49989 strain 164-47
NR_026031.1

379

Eubacterium sulci strain ATCC 35585
NR_025289.1

380

Flavobacterium anhuiense strain D3
NR_044388.1

381

Flavobacterium antarcticum strain AT1026
NR_042998.2

382

Flavobacterium aquatile strain: DSM 1132
NR_042495.1

383

Flavobacterium aquidurense strain: WB 1.1-56
NR_042470.1

384

Flavobacterium ceti strain: 454-2
NR_042540.1

385

Flavobacterium cheniae strain NJ-26
NR_044198.1

386

Flavobacterium chungangense strain CJ7
NR_044581.1

387

Flavobacterium columnare strain ATCC 49512
NR_074580.1

388

Flavobacterium columnare strain IFO 15943
NR_040907.1

389

Flavobacterium croceum strain EMB47
NR_043768.1

390

Flavobacterium cucumis strain R2A45-3
NR_044107.1

391

Flavobacterium daejeonense strain GH1-10
NR_043654.1

392

Flavobacterium defluvii strain EMB117
NR_043772.1

393

Flavobacterium degerlachei strain R-9106
NR_029009.1

394

Flavobacterium denitrificans strain: ED5
NR_042088.1

395

Flavobacterium filum strain EMB34
NR_043767.1

396

Flavobacterium frigidarium strain A2i
NR_025020.1

397

Flavobacterium frigidimaris strain KUC-1
NR_041057.1

398

Flavobacterium frigoris strain R-9014
NR_025597.1

399

Flavobacterium fryxellicola strain: LMG 22022
NR_042332.1

400

Flavobacterium gelidilacus strain R-8899
NR_025538.1

401

Flavobacterium glaciei strain 0499
NR_043891.1

402

Flavobacterium granuli strain Kw05
NR_041052.1

403

Flavobacterium hercynium strain: WB 4.2-33
NR_042520.1

404

Flavobacterium hibernum strain ATCC 51468
NR_025923.1

405

Flavobacterium hydatis

NR_044695.1

406

Flavobacterium indicum strain GPTSA100-9
NR_074422.1

407

Flavobacterium indicum strain GPTSA100-9
NR_043269.1

408

Flavobacterium johnsoniae

NR_044738.1

409

Flavobacterium johnsoniae strain: DSM 2064
NR_042496.1

410

Flavobacterium johnsoniae strain UW101; ATCC 17061
NR_074455.1

411

Flavobacterium limicola strain ST-82
NR_024787.1

412

Flavobacterium lindanitolerans strain IP10
NR_044208.1

413

Flavobacterium micromati strain R-9192
NR_029010.1

414

Flavobacterium omnivorum strain AS 1.2747
NR_025202.1

415

Flavobacterium psychrolimnae strain: LMG 22018
NR_042207.1

416

Flavobacterium psychrophilum JIP02/86 strain JIP02/86
NR_074630.1

417

Flavobacterium psychrophilum strain IFO 15942
NR_040914.1

418

Flavobacterium resistens strain BD-b365
NR_044292.1

419

Flavobacterium saccharophilum strain: DSM 1811
NR_042497.1

420

Flavobacterium saliperosum strain AS 1.3801
NR_043481.1

421

Flavobacterium sasangense strain YC6274
NR_044492.1

422

Flavobacterium segetis strain AT1048; IMSNU 14050; KCTC 12224
NR_043000.1

423

Flavobacterium soli strain DS-6
NR_043613.1

424

Flavobacterium sp. strain A103
NR_044804.1

425

Flavobacterium sp. strain IC001
NR_044805.1

426

Flavobacterium succinicans strain: DSM 4002
NR_042498.1

427

Flavobacterium suncheonense strain GH29-5
NR_043655.1

428

Flavobacterium terrae strain R2A1-13
NR_044096.1

429

Flavobacterium terrigena strain DS-20
NR_044006.1

430

Flavobacterium weaverense strain AT1042; IMSNU 14048; KCTC
NR_042999.1

12223

431

Flavobacterium xanthum strain ACAM 81
NR_024865.1

432

Flavobacterium xinjiangense strain AS 1.2749
NR_025201.1

433

Haemophilus aegyptius strain CCUG 25716
NR_042875.1

434

Haemophilus ducreyi 35000HP strain 35000HP
NR_074837.1

435

Haemophilus ducreyi strain CIP 542
NR_044741.1

436

Haemophilus felis strain ATCC49733
NR_025073.1

437

Haemophilus haemoglobinophilus strain CCUG 3714
NR_042877.1

438

Haemophilus influenzae

NR_044682.1

439

Haemophilus influenzae Rd KW20
NR_074863.1

440

Haemophilus paracuniculus

NR_044751.1

441

Haemophilus parahaemolyticus strain 536
NR_025938.1

442

Haemophilus parainfluenzae strain CCUG 12836
NR_042878.1

443

Haemophilus paraphrohaemolyticus

NR_044753.1

444

Haemophilus parasuis strain CCUG 3712
NR_042879.1

445

Haemophilus pittmaniae strain HK85
NR_025423.1

446

Haemophilus somnus strain 129P
NR_074278.1

447

Klebsiella oxytoca strain ATCC 13182
NR_041749.1

448

Klebsiella pneumoniae strain DSM 30104
NR_036794.1

449

Klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. ozaenae strain ATCC11296
NR_041750.1

450

Klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. pneumoniae strain ATCC 700721; MGH
NR_074913.1

78578

451

Klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. rhinoscleromatis strain R-70
NR_037084.1

452

Lactobacillus acetotolerans strain DSM 20749
NR_044699.1

453

Lactobacillus acidipiscis strain FS60-1
NR_024718.1

454

Lactobacillus acidophilus 30SC strain 30SC
NR_075049.1

455

Lactobacillus acidophilus strain NCFM
NR_075045.1

456

Lactobacillus acidophilus strain BCRC10695
NR_043182.1

457

Lactobacillus algidus strain M 6 A9
NR_028617.1

458

Lactobacillus amylolyticus strain LA 5
NR_029352.1

459

Lactobacillus amylophilus

NR_044702.1

460

Lactobacillus amylotrophicus strain: LMG 11400
NR_042511.1

461

Lactobacillus amylovorus strain GRL 1112
NR_075048.1

462

Lactobacillus amylovorus strain DSM 20531
NR_043287.1

463

Lactobacillus animalis strain NBRC 15882
NR_041610.1

464

Lactobacillus apodemi strain: ASB1
NR_042367.1

465

Lactobacillus aviarius

NR_044703.1

466

Lactobacillus bobalius strain 203
NR_043096.1

467

Lactobacillus brevis

NR_044704.1

468

Lactobacillus brevis strain ATCC 367
NR_075024.1

469

Lactobacillus buchneri strain JCM1115
NR_041293.1

470

Lactobacillus cacaonum strain: LMG 24285
NR_042677.1

471

Lactobacillus camelliae strain MCH3-1
NR_041457.1

472

Lactobacillus capillatus strain YIT 11306 (=JCM 15044, =DSM 19910
NR_041655.1

=BCRC 17811)

473

Lactobacillus casei strain ATCC 334
NR_075032.1

474

Lactobacillus casei strain JCM 1136
NR_043408.1

475

Lactobacillus casei subsp. casei strain ATCC 393
NR_041893.1

476

Lactobacillus catenaformis strain: DSM 20559
NR_042228.1

477

Lactobacillus ceti strain: 142-2
NR_042539.1

478

Lactobacillus collinoides strain JCM1123
NR_024645.1

479

Lactobacillus composti strain NRIC 0689
NR_041509.1

480

Lactobacillus concavus strain AS 1.5017
NR_043105.1

481

Lactobacillus coryniformis

NR_044705.1

482

Lactobacillus coryniformis subsp. torquens strain 30
NR_029018.1

483

Lactobacillus crispatus ST1 strain ST1
NR_074986.1

484

Lactobacillus crispatus strain ATCC33820
NR_041800.1

485

Lactobacillus crustorum strain: LMG 23699
NR_042533.1

486

Lactobacillus curvatus strain: DSM 20019
NR_042437.1

487

Lactobacillus delbrueckii subsp. bulgaricus ATCC 11842 strain ATCC
NR_075019.1

11842

488

Lactobacillus delbrueckii subsp. delbrueckii strain BCRC12195
NR_043183.1

489

Lactobacillus delbrueckii subsp. indicus strain NCC725
NR_029106.1

490

Lactobacillus delbrueckii subsp. lactis DSM 20072 strain ATCC 12315
NR_042728.1

491

Lactobacillus dextrinicus strain JCM 5887
NR_036861.1

492

Lactobacillus diolivorans strain JKD6
NR_037004.1

493

Lactobacillus equi strain YIT 0455
NR_028623.1

494

Lactobacillus fabifermentans strain: LMG 24284
NR_042676.1

495

Lactobacillus farraginis strain NRIC 0676
NR_041467.1

496

Lactobacillus fornicalis strain TV1018
NR_026509.1

497

Lactobacillus gallinarum strain ATCC 33199
NR_042111.1

498

Lactobacillus gasseri

NR_041920.1

499

Lactobacillus gasseri strain ATCC 33323
NR_075051.1

500

Lactobacillus ghanensis strain L489
NR_043896.1

501

Lactobacillus graminis strain: DSM 20719
NR_042438.1

502

Lactobacillus hammesii strain: TMW 1.1236
NR_042243.1

503

Lactobacillus hamsteri strain DSM 5661
NR_025448.1

504

Lactobacillus harbinensis strain SBT10908
NR_041263.1

505

Lactobacillus hayakitensis

NR_041498.1

506

Lactobacillus helveticus strain DPC 4571
NR_075047.1

507

Lactobacillus helveticus DSM 20075
NR_042439.1

508

Lactobacillus hilgardii

NR_044708.1

509

Lactobacillus hordei strain UCC128; DSM19519; LMG24241
NR_044394.1

510

Lactobacillus iners strain DSM 13335
NR_036982.1

511

Lactobacillus intestinalis strain DSM 6629
NR_025449.1

512

Lactobacillus jensenii strain ATCC 25258
NR_025087.1

513

Lactobacillus johnsonii NCC 533 strain NCC 533
NR_075064.1

514

Lactobacillus johnsonii strain ATCC 33200
NR_025273.1

515

Lactobacillus kalixensis strain Kx127A2
NR_029083.1

516

Lactobacillus kefiranofaciens subsp. kefiranofaciens strain: DSM 5016
NR_042440.1

517

Lactobacillus kefiranofaciens subsp. kefirgranum strain: DSM 10550
NR_042441.1

518

Lactobacillus kefiri strain: LMG 9480
NR_042230.1

519

Lactobacillus kimchii strain MT-1077
NR_025045.1

520

Lactobacillus kisonensis strain YIT 11168 (=NRIC 0741, =JCM 15041,
NR_041658.1

=DSM 19906)

521

Lactobacillus kitasatonis strain JCM 1039
NR_024813.1

522

Lactobacillus kunkeei strain YH-15
NR_026404.1

523

Lactobacillus lindneri strain KPA
NR_029308.1

524

Lactobacillus malefermentans strain DSM 5705
NR_042442.1

525

Lactobacillus manihotivorans strain OND 32
NR_024835.1

526

Lactobacillus mindensis strain TMW 1.80
NR_028949.1

527

Lactobacillus nagelii strain NRIC 0559
NR_041007.1

528

Lactobacillus nantensis strain LP33
NR_043114.1

529

Lactobacillus nodensis strain iz4b-1
NR_041629.1

530

Lactobacillus oeni strain 59b
NR_043095.1

531

Lactobacillus oligofermentans strain AMKR18
NR_043148.1

532

Lactobacillus otakiensis strain YIT 11163 (=NRIC 0742, =JCM 15040,
NR_041657.1

=DSM 19908)

533

Lactobacillus pantheris strain LMG 21017
NR_025189.1

534

Lactobacillus parabrevis strain: LMG 11984
NR_042456.1

535

Lactobacillus parabuchneri strain JCM 12493
NR_041294.1

536

Lactobacillus paracasei subsp. paracasei strain R094
NR_025880.1

537

Lactobacillus paracasei subsp. tolerans strain NBRC 15906
NR_041054.1

538

Lactobacillus paracollinoides strain: DSM 15502
NR_042322.1

539

Lactobacillus parafarraginis strain NRIC 0677
NR_041468.1

540

Lactobacillus parakefiri strain GCL 1731
NR_029039.1

541

Lactobacillus paralimentarius strain TB 1
NR_036879.1

542

Lactobacillus paraplantarum strain DSM 10667
NR_025447.1

543

Lactobacillus pentosus strain 124-2
NR_029133.1

544

Lactobacillus perolens strain L532
NR_029360.1

545

Lactobacillus plantarum strain NRRL B-14768
NR_042394.1

546

Lactobacillus plantarum subsp. argentoratensis strain: DK0 22
NR_042254.1

547

Lactobacillus plantarum WCFS1 strain WCFS1
NR_075041.1

548

Lactobacillus rapi strain YIT 11204 (=NRIC 0743, =JCM 15042,
NR_041659.1

=DSM 19907)

549

Lactobacillus rennini strain CECT 5922
NR_042195.1

550

Lactobacillus rossiae strain CS1
NR_029014.1

551

Lactobacillus ruminis strain NBRC 102161
NR_041611.1

552

Lactobacillus saerimneri strain GDA154
NR_029085.1

553

Lactobacillus sakei strain: DSM 20017
NR_042443.1

554

Lactobacillus sakei subsp. carnosus strain CCUG 34545
NR_025719.1

555

Lactobacillus sakei subsp. sakei 23K strain 23K
NR_075042.1

556

Lactobacillus salivarius strain HO 66
NR_028725.1

557

Lactobacillus salivarius strain UCC118
NR_074589.1

558

Lactobacillus sanfranciscensis strain L-12
NR_029261.1

559

Lactobacillus sanfranciscensis strain TMW 1.1304
NR_075038.1

560

Lactobacillus satsumensis strain NRIC 0604
NR_028658.1

561

Lactobacillus senmaizukei strain L13
NR_041584.1

562

Lactobacillus sharpeae

NR_044711.1

563

Lactobacillus spicheri strain LTH 5753
NR_025579.1

564

Lactobacillus suebicus strain CECT 5917
NR_042190.1

565

Lactobacillus sunkii strain YIT 11161 (=NRIC 0744, =JCM 15039,
NR_041656.1

=DSM 19904)

566

Lactobacillus taiwanensis strain BCRC 17755
NR_044507.1

567

Lactobacillus thailandensis strain MCH5-2
NR_041456.1

568

Lactobacillus tucceti strain CECT 5920
NR_042194.1

569

Lactobacillus ultunensis strain Kx146C1; LMG 22117T; DSM 16047T;
NR_042802.1

CCUG 48460

570

Lactobacillus vaginalis strain ATCC49540
NR_041796.1

571

Lactobacillus versmoldensis strain KU-3
NR_028990.1

572

Lactobacillus vini strain: CECT 5924
NR_042196.1

573

Lactobacillus vitulinus strain JCM 1143
NR_041305.1

574

Lactobacillus zeae strain RIA 482
NR_037122.1

575

Legionella pneumophila subsp. pneumophila str. Philadelphia 1 strain
NR_074231.1

Philadelphia 1

576

Listeria monocytogenes strain NCTC10357
NR_044823.1

577

Micrococcus antarcticus strain T2
NR_025285.1

578

Micrococcus endophyticus strain YIM 56238
NR_044365.1

579

Micrococcus flavus strain LW4
NR_043881.1

580

Micrococcus luteus NCTC 2665 strain NCTC 2665
NR_075062.1

581

Micrococcus luteus strain DSM 20030
NR_037113.1

582

Micrococcus lylae strain DSM 20315
NR_026200.1

583

Mobiluncus curtisii ATCC 43063 strain ATCC 43063
NR_074732.1

584

Mobiluncus curtisii subsp. curtisii ATCC 35241 strain CCUG 21018
NR_042085.1

585

Mobiluncus curtisii subsp. holmesii ATCC 35242 strain: CCUG 17762
NR_042124.1

586

Mobiluncus mulieris strain CCUG 20071
NR_042086.1

587

Moraxella boevrei strain ATCC 700022
NR_043585.1

588

Moraxella bovis strain L-3
NR_028668.1

589

Moraxella bovoculi 237 strain 237
NR_043583.1

590

Moraxella canis strain N7
NR_028914.1

591

Moraxella caprae strain ATCC 700019
NR_043586.1

592

Moraxella catarrhalis strain Ne 11
NR_028669.1

593

Moraxella caviae strain GP11
NR_028671.1

594

Moraxella cuniculi strain CCUG 2154
NR_041695.1

595

Moraxella equi strain 327/72
NR_041694.1

596

Moraxella lacunata strain Morax 260
NR_036825.1

597

Moraxella ovis strain 199/55
NR_028670.1

598

Moraxella pluranimalium strain: 248-01
NR_042666.1

599

Morganella morganii strain DSM 14850
NR_043751.1

600

Morganella morganii strain M11
NR_028938.1

601

Morganella psychrotolerans strain U2/3
NR_043750.1

602

Mycobacterium massiliense str. strain GO 06
NR_074421.1

603

Mycobacterium tuberculosis strain NCTC 7416 H37Rv
NR_044826.1

604

Neisseria animalis strain NA 1
NR_028900.1

605

Neisseria animaloris strain LMG 23011
NR_043458.1

606

Neisseria bacilliformis ATCC BAA-1200 strain MDA2833
NR_042978.1

607

Neisseria canis

NR_044614.1

608

Neisseria dentiae strain V33
NR_028843.1

609

Neisseria elongata subsp. elongata strain ATCC 25295
NR_025893.1

610

Neisseria flavescens strain N 155
NR_025892.1

611

Neisseria gonorrhoeae strain NCTC 83785
NR_026079.1

612

Neisseria lactamica strain NCTC 10617
NR_028899.1

613

Neisseria meningitidis strain N.934/01
AY238932.1

614

Neisseria polysaccharea strain NCTC11858
NR_041988.1

615

Neisseria subflava strain U37
NR_041989.1

616

Neisseria weaveri strain CDC 8142
NR_025902.1

617

Neisseria zoodegmatis strain LMG 23012
NR_043459.1

618

Nocardia abscessus strain IMMIB D-1592
NR_025059.1

619

Nocardia acidivorans strain: GW4-1778
NR_042566.1

620

Nocardia africana strain DSM 44491
NR_041872.1

621

Nocardia alba strain YIM 30243
NR_025726.1

622

Nocardia altamirensis strain DSM 44997
NR_044366.1

623

Nocardia amamiensis strain TT 00-78
NR_041531.1

624

Nocardia anaemiae strain IFM 0323
NR_041010.1

625

Nocardia aobensis strain IFM 0372
NR_040995.1

626

Nocardia araoensis strain IFM 0575
NR_028652.1

627

Nocardia arthritidis strain IFM 10035
NR_028654.1

628

Nocardia asiatica strain IFM 0245
NR_028644.1

629

Nocardia asteroides strain DSM 43757
NR_041856.1

630

Nocardia beijingensis strain AS4.1521
NR_025017.1

631

Nocardia blacklockiae strain ATCC 700035
NR_044402.1

632

Nocardia brasiliensis ATCC 700358 strain HUJEG-1
NR_074743.1

633

Nocardia brasiliensis strain DSM 43758
NR_041860.1

634

Nocardia brevicatena strain DSM 43024
NR_041862.1

635

Nocardia caishijiensis strain F829
NR_025216.1

636

Nocardia carnea strain DSM 43397
NR_041859.1

637

Nocardia cerradoensis strain Y9
NR_028704.1

638

Nocardia concava strain IFM 0354
NR_040996.1

639

Nocardia coubleae strain OFN N11
NR_043669.1

640

Nocardia crassostreae strain JCM 10500
NR_041868.1

641

Nocardia cummidelens strain DSM 44490
NR_041871.1

642

Nocardia cyriacigeorgica strain GUH-2
NR_074699.1

643

Nocardia cyriacigeorgica strain DSM 44484
NR_041857.1

644

Nocardia elegans strain: IMMIB N-402
NR_042353.1

645

Nocardia exalbida strain IFM 0803
NR_041237.1

646

Nocardia farcinica IFM 10152 strain IFM 10152
NR_074702.1

647

Nocardia farcinica strain Goodfellow N898
NR_036996.1

648

Nocardia flavorosea strain 10.268-1
NR_026525.1

649

Nocardia fluminea strain S1
NR_028791.1

650

Nocardia gamkensis strain CZH20
NR_043667.1

651

Nocardia harenae strain WS-26
NR_043686.1

652

Nocardia higoensis strain IFM 10084
NR_028651.1

653

Nocardia ignorata strain IMMIB R-1434
NR_028006.1

654

Nocardia inohanensis strain IFM 0092
NR_037051.1

655

Nocardia jejuensis strain N3-2
NR_043305.1

656

Nocardia jiangxiensis strain 43401
NR_043060.1

657

Nocardia jinanensis strain 04-5195
NR_043870.1

658

Nocardia kruczakiae strain MB2876; ATCC BAA-948
NR_042902.1

659

Nocardia lijiangensis strain YIM 33378
NR_043185.1

660

Nocardia miyunensis strain 117
NR_043059.1

661

Nocardia neocaledoniensis strain SBHR OA6
NR_029094.1

662

Nocardia niigatensis strain DSM 44670
NR_043916.1

663

Nocardia ninae strain OFN 02.72
NR_043668.1

664

Nocardia nova strain JCM 6044
NR_041858.1

665

Nocardia otitidiscaviarum strain DSM 43242
NR_041874.1

666

Nocardia paucivorans strain DSM 44386
NR_041863.1

667

Nocardia pneumoniae strain IFM 0784
NR_028653.1

668

Nocardia pseudobrasiliensis strain DSM 44290
NR_041864.1

669

Nocardia pseudovaccinii strain DSM 43406
NR_025199.1

670

Nocardia puris strain IMMIB R-145
NR_028994.1

671

Nocardia salmonicida strain DSM 40472
NR_041869.1

672

Nocardia seriolae strain DSM 44129
NR_041861.1

673

Nocardia shimofusensis strain YZ-96
NR_028650.1

674

Nocardia sienata strain IFM 10088
NR_024825.1

675

Nocardia soli strain DSM 44488
NR_041870.1

676

Nocardia speluncae strain: N2-11
NR_042591.1

677

Nocardia takedensis strain MS1-3
NR_024832.1

678

Nocardia tenerifensis

NR_042176.1

679

Nocardia terpenica strain IFM 0706
NR_041289.1

680

Nocardia testacea strain JCM 12235
NR_041251.1

681

Nocardia thailandica strain IFM 10145
NR_040994.1

682

Nocardia transvalensis strain DSM 43405
NR_041867.1

683

Nocardia uniformis strain DSM 43136
NR_041865.1

684

Nocardia vaccinii strain DSM 43285
NR_041866.1

685

Nocardia vermiculata strain IFM 0391
NR_040993.1

686

Nocardia veterana strain M157222
NR_037097.1

687

Nocardia vinacea strain MK703-102F1
NR_024722.1

688

Nocardia wallacei strain ATCC 49873
NR_044401.1

689

Nocardia xishanensis strain AS 4.1860
NR_025759.1

690

Nocardia yamanashiensis strain IFM 0265
NR_024803.1

691

Pasteurella multocida subsp. gallicida strain CCUG 17978
NR_041811.1

692

Pasteurella multocida subsp. multocida strain CCUG 17976
NR_041809.1

693

Peptostreptococcus anaerobius strain NCTC 11460
NR_042847.1

694

Peptostreptococcus stomatis strain W2278
NR_043589.1

695

Plesiomonas shigelloides strain: NCIMB9242
NR_044827.1

696

Porphyromonas asaccharolytica

NR_044635.1

697

Porphyromonas asaccharolytica strain DSM 20707
NR_074588.1

698

Porphyromonas bennonis strain WAL 1926C
NR_044491.1

699

Porphyromonas cangingivalis strain VPB 4874
NR_026136.1

700

Porphyromonas cansulci strain VPB 4875
NR_026137.1

701

Porphyromonas catoniae strain ATCC 51270
NR_026230.1

702

Porphyromonas circumdentaria

NR_044639.1

703

Porphyromonas endodontalis strain ATCC 35406
NR_042803.1

704

Porphyromonas gingivalis strain ATCC 33277
NR_074234.1

705

Porphyromonas gingivalis strain ATCC33277
NR_040838.1

706

Porphyromonas gingivalis W83 strain W83
NR_074230.1

707

Porphyromonas gulae strain Loup-1
NR_025052.1

708

Porphyromonas levii strain ATCC 29147
NR_025907.1

709

Porphyromonas somerae strain WAL 6690
NR_043312.1

710

Porphyromonas uenonis strain WAL 9902; ATCC BAA-906; CCUG
NR_042986.1

48615

711

Prevotella albensis strain M384
NR_025300.1

712

Prevotella amnii strain: CCUG 53648
NR_042587.1

713

Prevotella baroniae

NR_043224.1

714

Prevotella bergensis strain 94067913
NR_042857.1

715

Prevotella bivia

NR_044629.1

716

Prevotella brevis strain GA33
NR_041954.1

717

Prevotella bryantii B14
NR_028866.1

718

Prevotella buccae

NR_044631.1

719

Prevotella buccalis

NR_044630.1

720

Prevotella copri strain CB7
NR_040877.1

721

Prevotella corporis

NR_044627.1

722

Prevotella dentalis strain ES2772
NR_029284.1

723

Prevotella denticola strain ATCC 35308
NR_042842.1

724

Prevotella disiens strain EUH N 1304-72B
NR_029149.1

725

Prevotella enoeca strain ATCC 51261
NR_025281.1

726

Prevotella falsenii strain 04052 (= JCM 15124)
NR_041684.1

727

Prevotella histicola strain T05-04
NR_044407.1

728

Prevotella intermedia strain B422
NR_026119.1

729

Prevotella loescheii strain NCTC 11321
NR_043216.1

730

Prevotella maculosa strain W1609
NR_044270.1

731

Prevotella marshii strain E9.34
NR_041907.1

732

Prevotella melaninogenica strain ATCC 25845
NR_042843.1

733

Prevotella micans strain E7.56
NR_041908.1

734

Prevotella multiformis strain PPPA21
NR_041056.1

735

Prevotella multisaccharivorax strain JCM 12954
NR_041285.1

736

Prevotella nanceiensis strain AIP 261.03
NR_043292.1

737

Prevotella nigrescens strain NCTC 9336
NR_044850.1

738

Prevotella oralis strain ATCC 33269
NR_042841.1

739

Prevotella oris

NR_044628.1

740

Prevotella oulorum strain WPH 179
NR_029147.1

741

Prevotella pollens strain 10371
NR_026417.1

742

Prevotella paludivivens strain KB7
NR_040924.1

743

Prevotella pleuritidis strain JCM 14110
NR_041541.1

744

Prevotella ruminicola

NR_044632.1

745

Prevotella salivae strain EPSA11
NR_024816.1

746

Prevotella shahii strain EHS11
NR_024815.1

747

Prevotella stercorea strain CB35
NR_041364.1

748

Prevotella tannerae strain VPI N14B-15
NR_037088.1

749

Prevotella timonensis strain 4401737
NR_043894.1

750

Prevotella veroralis strain ATCC 33779
NR_029148.1

751

Propionibacterium acidipropionici strain NCFB 570
NR_042268.1

752

Propionibacterium acnes

NR_040847.1

753

Propionibacterium acnes KPA171202 strain KPA171202
NR_074675.1

754

Propionibacterium australiense strain LCDC-98A072
NR_025076.1

755

Propionibacterium avidum strain DSM 4901
NR_025274.1

756

Propionibacterium cyclohexanicum strain TA-12
NR_036827.1

757

Propionibacterium freudenreichii strain DSM 20271
NR_044816.1

758

Propionibacterium freudenreichil subsp. shermanii strain E11
NR_036972.1

759

Propionibacterium granulosum strain DSM 20700
NR_025276.1

760

Propionibacterium jensenii strain: DSM 20535
NR_042269.1

761

Propionibacterium microaerophilum strain M 5
NR_028778.1

762

Propionibacterium propionicum strain DSM 43307
NR_025277.1

763

Propionibacterium thoenii strain: NCFB 568
NR_042270.1

764

Proteus mirabilis HI4320 strain HI4320
NR_074898.1

765

Proteus mirabilis strain NCTC 11938
NR_043997.1

766

Proteus vulgaris strain DSM 30118
NR_025336.1

767

Providencia alcalifaciens strain CIP8290T (ATCC9886T)
NR_042053.1

768

Providencia heimbachae strain: DSM 3591
NR_042412.1

769

Providencia rettgeri strain: DSM 4542
NR_042413.1

770

Providencia rustigianii strain: DSM 4541
NR_042411.1

771

Providencia stuartii strain ATCC 29914
NR_024848.1

772

Providencia vermicola strain: OP1
NR_042415.1

773

Pseudomonas aeruginosa PAO1 strain PAO1
NR_074828.1

774

Pseudomonas aeruginosa strain DSM 50071
NR_026078.1

775

Rhodococcus aetherivorans strain 10bc312
NR_025208.1

776

Rhodococcus baikonurensis strain A1-22
NR_024784.1

777

Rhodococcus coprophilus strain CUB 687
NR_029206.1

778

Rhodococcus corynebacterioides strain DSM 20151
NR_041873.1

779

Rhodococcus equi strain DSM 20307
NR_041910.1

780

Rhodococcus erythropolis PR4 strain PR4 (=NBRC 100887)
NR_074622.1

781

Rhodococcus erythropolis strain N11
NR_037024.1

782

Rhodococcus fascians strain CF17
NR_037021.1

783

Rhodococcus globerulus strain DSM 4954
NR_026184.1

784

Rhodococcus gordoniae strain W4937
NR_025730.1

785

Rhodococcus intechensis strain RKJ300
NR_042946.1

786

Rhodococcus jostii RHA1 strain RHA1
NR_074610.1

787

Rhodococcus jostii strain IFO 16295
NR_024765.1

788

Rhodococcus koreensis strain DNP505
NR_024973.1

789

Rhodococcus kroppenstedtii strain K07-23
NR_043144.1

790

Rhodococcus kunmingensis strain YIM 45607
NR_044034.1

791

Rhodococcus kyotonensis strain DS472
NR_041512.1

792

Rhodococcus maanshanensis strain M712
NR_025190.1

793

Rhodococcus marinonascens strain DSM 43752
NR_026183.1

794

Rhodococcus opacus B4 strain B4
NR_074632.1

795

Rhodococcus opacus strain DSM 43205
NR_026186.1

796

Rhodococcus percolatus strain MBS1
NR_044878.1

797

Rhodococcus phenolicus strain G2P
NR_042950.1

798

Rhodococcus pyridinivorans strain PDB9
NR_025033.1

799

Rhodococcus qingshengii strain djl-6
NR_043535.1

800

Rhodococcus rhodnii strain B/O
NR_037029.1

801

Rhodococcus rhodochrous strain 372
NR_037023.1

802

Rhodococcus ruber strain: DSM43338
NR_026185.1

803

Rhodococcus triatomae strain: IMMIB RIV-085
NR_042352.1

804

Rhodococcus tukisamuensis strain Mb8
NR_028629.1

805

Rhodococcus wratislaviensis strain NCIMB 13082
NR_026524.1

806

Rhodococcus yunnanensis strain YIM 70056
NR_043009.1

807

Rhodococcus zopfii strain DSM 44108
NR_041775.1

808

Salmonella bongori strain NCTC 12419
NR_074888.1

809

Salmonella bongori strain BR 1859
NR_041699.1

810

Salmonella enterica subsp. arizonae strain ATCC 13314
NR_041696.1

811

Salmonella enterica subsp. diarizonae strain DSM 14847
NR_044373.1

812

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Choleraesuis str. SC-B67
NR_074800.1

strain SC-B67

813

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Enteritidis str. P125109
NR_074985.1

strain P125109

814

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi A str.
NR_074935.1

AKU_12601 strain AKU12601

815

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi A str. ATCC 9150
NR_074934.1

strain ATCC 9150

816

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi C strain
NR_074899.1

RKS4594 strain RKS4594

817

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi str. Ty2 strain Ty2
NR_074799.1

818

Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhimurium str. LT2 strain
NR_074910.1

LT2; SGSC 1412; ATCC 700720

819

Salmonella enterica subsp. houtenae strain DSM 9221
NR_044371.1

820

Salmonella enterica subsp. indica strain DSM 14848
NR_044370.1

821

Salmonella enterica subsp. salamae strain DSM 9220
NR_044372.1

822

Serratia liquefaciens strain CIP 103238
NR_042062.1

823

Serratia marcescens subsp. marcescens ATCC 13880 strain DSM 30121
NR_041980.1

824

Serratia marcescens subsp. sakuensis strain KRED
NR_036886.1

825

Shigella boydii Sb227 strain Sb227
NR_074893.1

826

Shigella dysenteriae Sd197 strain Sd197
NR_074892.1

827

Shigella dysenteriae strain ATCC 13313
NR_026332.1

828

Shigella flexneri 2a str. 301 strain 301
NR_074882.1

829

Shigella flexneri strain ATCC 29903
NR_026331.1

830

Shigella sonnei Ss046 strain Ss046
NR_074894.1

831

Staphylococcus aureus subsp. anaerobius strain MVF-7
NR_036828.1

832

Staphylococcus aureus subsp. aureus JH1 strain JH1
NR_074925.1

833

Staphylococcus aureus subsp. aureus N315 strain N315
NR_075000.1

834

Staphylococcus aureus subsp. aureus strain S33 R
NR_037007.1

835

Staphylococcus epidermidis RP62A strain RP62A
NR_074995.1

836

Staphylococcus epidermidis strain Fussel
NR_036904.1

837

Staphylococcus saprophyticus subsp. bovis strain GTC 843
NR_041324.1

838

Staphylococcus saprophyticus subsp. saprophyticus ATCC 15305 strain
NR_074999.1

ATCC 15305

839

Streptococcus agalactiae strain JCM 5671
NR_040821.1

840

Streptococcus alactolyticus strain ATCC 43077; DSM 20728
NR_041781.1

841

Streptococcus anginosus strain ATCC33397
NR_041722.1

842

Streptococcus australis strain AI-1
NR_036936.1

843

Streptococcus bovis strain ATCC 33317, NCDO 597
AB002482.1

844

Streptococcus caballi strain 151
NR_044190.1

845

Streptococcus canis strain STR T1
NR_024633.1

846

Streptococcus castoreus strain: M605815/03/2
NR_042215.1

847

Streptococcus constellatus strain ATCC27823
NR_041721.1

848

Streptococcus constellatus subsp. pharyngis strain MM9889a
NR_042833.1

849

Streptococcus criceti strain ATCC19642
NR_042119.1

850

Streptococcus cristatus strain ATCC 51100
NR_042771.1

851

Streptococcus dentirousetti strain NUM 1303
NR_041460.1

852

Streptococcus devriesei strain CCUG 47156
NR_029015.1

853

Streptococcus didelphis strain W94-11374-1
NR_025036.1

854

Streptococcus downei strain ATCC 33748
NR_042774.1

855

Streptococcus dysgalactiae subsp. dysgalactiae strain ATCC 43078
NR_027517.1

856

Streptococcus dysgalactiae subsp. equisimilis strain CIP 105120
NR_043661.1

857

Streptococcus entericus strain CECT 5353
NR_025500.1

858

Streptococcus equi subsp. equi strain ATCC 33398
NR_043703.1

859

Streptococcus equi subsp. ruminatorum strain CECT 5772
NR_025609.1

860

Streptococcus equi subsp. zooepidemicus strain ATCC 43079
NR_036758.1

861

Streptococcus equinus strain ATCC 9812
NR_042052.1

862

Streptococcus ferus strain 8S1
NR_036845.1

863

Streptococcus gallinaceus strain CCUG 42692
NR_025453.1

864

Streptococcus gallolyticus subsp. gallolyticus strain ACM 3611
NR_044904.1

865

Streptococcus gallolyticus UCN34 strain UCN34
NR_074849.1

866

Streptococcus gordonii str. Challis substr. CH1 strain Challis
NR_074516.1

867

Streptococcus gordonii strain SK3
NR_028666.1

868

Streptococcus halichoeri strain M512/02/1
NR_029025.1

869

Streptococcus henryi strain 126
NR_044189.1

870

Streptococcus hyointestinalis strain ATCC 49169; DSM 20770
NR_041780.1

871

Streptococcus infantarius strain HDP90104; SLB
NR_028761.1

872

Streptococcus infantis strain ATCC 700779
NR_042928.1

873

Streptococcus iniae strain ATCC 29178
NR_025148.1

874

Streptococcus intermedius strain 1877
NR_028736.1

875

Streptococcus luteciae strain NEM 782
NR_042051.1

876

Streptococcus lutetiensis strain HDP90246
NR_037096.1

877

Streptococcus macacae strain ATCC 35911
NR_042775.1

878

Streptococcus macedonicus strain ACA-DC 198
NR_074404.1

879

Streptococcus macedonicus strain LAB617
NR_037002.1

880

Streptococcus marimammalium strain M54/01/1
NR_025630.1

881

Streptococcus massiliensis strain 4401825
NR_043173.1

882

Streptococcus merionis strain: WUE3771 = DSM 19192
NR_042553.1

883

Streptococcus minor strain ON59
NR_025729.1

884

Streptococcus mitis strain NS51
NR_028664.1

885

Streptococcus mutans strain ATCC 25175
NR_042772.1

886

Streptococcus mutans UA159 strain UA159
NR_074983.1

887

Streptococcus oligofermentans strain 2-4
NR_029052.1

888

Streptococcus oralis strain ATCC 35037
NR_042927.1

889

Streptococcus orisratti strain ATCC 700640
NR_024974.1

890

Streptococcus orisuis strain NUM 1001
NR_041055.1

891

Streptococcus ovis strain S369-98-1
NR_026471.1

892

Streptococcus parasanguinis strain ATCC 15912
NR_024842.1

893

Streptococcus parauberis strain DSM 6631
NR_043001.1

894

Streptococcus pasteurianus strain CIP 107122
NR_043660.1

895

Streptococcus peroris strain GTC848
NR_024659.1

896

Streptococcus phocae strain CCUG 35103
NR_042227.1

897

Streptococcus plurextorum strain: 1956-02
NR_042649.1

898

Streptococcus pneumoniae R6 strain R6
NR_074564.1

899

Streptococcus pneumoniae strain ATCC 33400
NR_028665.1

900

Streptococcus porcinus strain 176
NR_024634.1

901

Streptococcus pseudopneumoniae strain IS7493
NR_074987.1

902

Streptococcus pseudopneumoniae strain 108
NR_027214.1

903

Streptococcus pseudoporcinus strain LQ 940-04
NR_043704.1

904

Streptococcus pyogenes strain SF370
NR_074091.1

905

Streptococcus pyogenes strain I-273
NR_028598.1

906

Streptococcus ratti strain ATCC 19645
NR_025516.1

907

Streptococcus salivarius strain ATCC 7073
NR_042776.1

908

Streptococcus sanguinis SK36 strain SK36
NR_074974.1

909

Streptococcus sanguinis strain ATCC 10556
NR_024841.1

910

Streptococcus sinensis strain HKU4
NR_028833.1

911

Streptococcus sobrinus strain ATCC 33478
NR_042773.1

912

Streptococcus sp. strain SHV515
NR_044912.1

913

Streptococcus suis strain BM407
NR_074918.1

914

Streptococcus suis strain S735
NR_036918.1

915

Streptococcus thermophilus strain MN-ZLW-002
NR_074827.1

916

Streptococcus thermophilus strain ATCC 19258
NR_042778.1

917

Streptococcus thoraltensis strain S69
NR_026368.1

918

Streptococcus uberis strain 0140J
NR_074912.1

919

Streptococcus uberis strain JCM 5709
NR_040820.1

920

Streptococcus urinalis strain 2285-97
NR_037101.1

921

Streptococcus vestibularis strain ATCC 49124
NR_042777.1

922

Streptococcus viridans

AF076036.1

923

Streptomyces aburaviensis strain AS 4.1869
NR_043375.1

924

Streptomyces achromogenes subsp. rubradiris strain KCTC 9742
NR_043365.1

925

Streptomyces acidiscabies strain RL-110
NR_025866.1

926

Streptomyces aculeolatus strain NBRC 14824
NR_041166.1

927

Streptomyces africanus strain CPJVR-H
NR_025722.1

928

Streptomyces alanosinicus strain NBRC 13493
NR_041148.1

929

Streptomyces albaduncus strain JCM 4715
NR_043343.1

930

Streptomyces albiaxialis strain NRRL B-24327
NR_043378.1

931

Streptomyces albidochromogenes strain NBRC 101003
NR_041422.1

932

Streptomyces albidoflavus strain NBRC 13010
NR_041095.1

933

Streptomyces albiflaviniger strain: NRRL B-1356
NR_042094.1

934

Streptomyces albofaciens strain JCM 4342
NR_024760.1

935

Streptomyces alboflavus strain NRRL B-2373
NR_044151.1

936

Streptomyces albolongus strain NBRC 13465
NR_041144.1

937

Streptomyces alboniger strain DSM 40043; ATCC 12461; KCTC 9014
NR_043228.1

938

Streptomyces albospinus strain JCM 3399
NR_043342.1

939

Streptomyces albosporeus subsp. labilomyceticus strain NBRC 15387
NR_041170.1

940

Streptomyces albovinaceus strain NBRC 12739
NR_041425.1

941

Streptomyces albulus strain IMC S-0802
NR_024723.1

942

Streptomyces albus subsp. albus strain DSM 40313
NR_025615.1

943

Streptomyces albus subsp. albus strain NBRC 3418
NR_041208.1

944

Streptomyces albus subsp. pathocidicus strain NBRC 13812
NR_041152.1

945

Streptomyces alni strain D65
NR_043866.1

946

Streptomyces althioticus strain KCTC 9752
NR_043359.1

947

Streptomyces amakusaensis strain NRRL B-3351
NR_043349.1

948

Streptomyces ambofaciens strain NBRC 12836
NR_041079.1

949

Streptomyces anandii strain NBRC 13438
NR_041135.1

950

Streptomyces anthocyanicus strain NBRC 14892
NR_041168.1

951

Streptomyces antibioticus strain NRRL B-1701
NR_043348.1

952

Streptomyces antimycoticus strain NBRC 12839
NR_041080.1

953

Streptomyces anulatus strain NBRC 12755
NR_041062.1

954

Streptomyces anulatus strain NRRL B-2000
NR_043489.1

955

Streptomyces ardus strain NBRC 13430
NR_041227.1

956

Streptomyces arenae strain ISP 5293
NR_025494.1

957

Streptomyces armeniacus strain 26A-32
NR_036815.1

958

Streptomyces asiaticus strain NBRC 100774
NR_041418.1

959

Streptomyces asterosporus strain NBRC 15872
NR_041193.1

960

Streptomyces atratus strain NRRL B-16927
NR_043490.1

961

Streptomyces atroaurantiacus strain NRRL B-24282
NR_043493.1

962

Streptomyces atroolivaceus strain: LMG 19306
NR_042289.1

963

Streptomyces atrovirens strain NRRL B-16357
NR_043508.1

964

Streptomyces aurantiacus strain: LMG 19358
NR_042310.1

965

Streptomyces aurantiogriseus strain NBRC 12842
NR_041081.1

966

Streptomyces auratus strain: NRRL 8097
NR_042098.1

967

Streptomyces aureocirculatus strain IFO 13018
NR_043371.1

968

Streptomyces aureofaciens strain KACC 20180
NR_042792.1

969

Streptomyces aureorectus strain NBRC 15896
NR_041195.1

970

Streptomyces aureoverticillatus strain NRRL B-3326
NR_043346.1

971

Streptomyces aureus strain B7319
NR_025663.1

972

Streptomyces avellaneus strain NBRC 13451
NR_041138.1

973

Streptomyces avermitilis strain MA-4680
NR_074747.1

974

Streptomyces avidinii strain NBRC 13429
NR_041132.1

975

Streptomyces axinellae strain Pol001
NR_044553.1

976

Streptomyces azureus strain NRRL B-2655
NR_044136.1

977

Streptomyces bacillaris strain NBRC 13487
NR_041146.1

978

Streptomyces badius strain NRRL B-2567
NR_043350.1

979

Streptomyces bambergiensis strain NBRC 13479
NR_041230.1

980

Streptomyces bangladeshensis strain AAB-4
NR_043164.1

981

Streptomyces beijiangensis strain YIM6
NR_028825.1

982

Streptomyces bikiniensis strain DSM 40581
NR_026177.1

983

Streptomyces bingchenggensis strain BCW-1
NR_074824.1

984

Streptomyces blastmyceticus strain NRRL B-5480
NR_043357.1

985

Streptomyces bluensis strain NBRC 13460
NR_041142.1

986

Streptomyces bobili strain NBRC 13199
NR_041121.1

987

Streptomyces bottropensis strain NBRC 13023
NR_041096.1

988

Streptomyces brasiliensis strain NBRC 101283
NR_041435.1

989

Streptomyces bungoensis strain NBRC 15711
NR_041191.1

990

Streptomyces cacaoi subsp. asoensis strain NRRL B-16592
NR_043492.1

991

Streptomyces cacaoi subsp. cacaoi strain NBRC 12748
NR_041061.1

992

Streptomyces caelestis strain NRRL 2418
NR_026202.1

993

Streptomyces caeruleus strain NRRL B-2194
NR_044137.1

994

Streptomyces calvus strain NBRC 13200
NR_041122.1

995

Streptomyces canarius strain NBRC 13431
NR_041133.1

996

Streptomyces candidus strain NRRL ISP-5141
NR_043504.1

997

Streptomyces cangkringensis strain D13P3
NR_028957.1

998

Streptomyces caniferus strain NBRC 15389
NR_041171.1

999

Streptomyces canus strain NRRL B-1989
NR_043347.1

1000

Streptomyces capillispiralis strain NBRC 14222
NR_041158.1

1001

Streptomyces capoamus strain JCM 4734
NR_040856.1

1002

Streptomyces carpaticus strain NRRL B-16359
NR_043814.1

1003

Streptomyces carpinensis strain NBRC 14214
NR_041157.1

1004

Streptomyces castelarensis strain BJ-608
NR_029114.1

1005

Streptomyces catenulae strain DSM 40258
NR_025624.1

1006

Streptomyces cavourensis subsp. cavourensis strain NRRL 2740
NR_043851.1

1007

Streptomyces cellostaticus strain ISP 5189
NR_043339.1

1008

Streptomyces celluloflavus strain NBRC 13780
NR_041150.1

1009

Streptomyces cellulosae strain NRRL B-2889
NR_043815.1

1010

Streptomyces chartreusis strain NBRC 12753
NR_041216.1

1011

Streptomyces cheonanensis strain VC-A46
NR_043208.1

1012

Streptomyces chrestomyceticus strain DSM 40545
NR_025621.1

1013

Streptomyces chromofuscus strain NBRC 12851
NR_041082.1

1014

Streptomyces chryseus strain NRRL B-12347
NR_043353.1

1015

Streptomyces chrysomallus subsp. fumigatus strain NBRC 15394
NR_041172.1

1016

Streptomyces cinereorectus strain M-5
NR_037062.1

1017

Streptomyces cinereorectus strain NBRC 15395
NR_041173.1

1018

Streptomyces cinereoruber subsp. cinereoruber strain JCM 4205
NR_043345.1

1019

Streptomyces cinereoruber subsp. fructofermentans strain JCM 4956
NR_043344.1

1020

Streptomyces cinereospinus strain NBRC 15397
NR_041174.1

1021

Streptomyces cinereus strain NBRC 12247
NR_041058.1

1022

Streptomyces cinerochromogenes strain NBRC 13822
NR_041153.1

1023

Streptomyces cinnabarinus strain NBRC 13028
NR_041097.1

1024

Streptomyces cinnamonensis strain NBRC 15873
NR_041194.1

1025

Streptomyces cinnamoneus strain NBRC 12852
NR_041223.1

1026

Streptomyces cirratus strain NRRL B-3250
NR_043356.1

1027

Streptomyces ciscaucasicus strain NBRC 12872
NR_041085.1

1028

Streptomyces clavifer strain NRRL B-2557
NR_043507.1

1029

Streptomyces clavuligerus strain NRRL 3585
NR_043335.1

1030

Streptomyces coelescens strain AS 4.1594
NR_027222.1

1031

Streptomyces coelicoflavus strain NBRC 15399
NR_041175.1

1032

Streptomyces coeruleofuscus strain NRRL B-5417
NR_043506.1

1033

Streptomyces coeruleoprunus strain NBRC 15400
NR_041176.1

1034

Streptomyces coeruleorubidus strain ISP 5145
NR_043336.1

1035

Streptomyces coeruleorubidus strain NBRC 12761
NR_041217.1

1036

Streptomyces coeruleorubidus strain NBRC 12844
NR_041222.1

1037

Streptomyces coerulescens strain ISP 5146
NR_043337.1

1038

Streptomyces collinus strain NBRC 12759
NR_041063.1

1039

Streptomyces colombiensis strain NRRL B-1990
NR_043494.1

1040

Streptomyces corchorusii strain NBRC 13032
NR_041098.1

1041

Streptomyces costaricanus strain NBRC 100773
NR_041414.1

1042

Streptomyces cremeus strain JCM 4362
NR_043340.1

1043

Streptomyces crystallinus strain NBRC 15401
NR_041177.1

1044

Streptomyces cuspidosporus strain NBRC 12378
NR_041059.1

1045

Streptomyces cyaneofuscatus strain NBRC 13190
NR_041226.1

1046

Streptomyces cyaneus strain H-112
NR_037094.1

1047

Streptomyces cyanoalbus strain NBRC 12857
NR_041232.1

1048

Streptomyces daghestanicus strain NRRL B-5418
NR_043816.1

1049

Streptomyces deccanensis

NR_044183.1

1050

Streptomyces demainii strain NRRL B-1478
NR_043723.1

1051

Streptomyces diastaticus subsp. ardesiacus strain NRRL B-1773
NR_043486.1

1052

Streptomyces diastaticus subsp. diastaticus strain NBRC 3714
NR_041209.1

1053

Streptomyces diastatochromogenes strain ATCC 12309
NR_025867.1

1054

Streptomyces djakartensis strain NBRC 15409
NR_041178.1

1055

Streptomyces drozdowiczii strain NBRC 101007
NR_041424.1

1056

Streptomyces durhamensis strain NRRL B-3309
NR_043352.1

1057

Streptomyces durmitorensis strain MS405
NR_043520.1

1058

Streptomyces ederensis strain KCTC 9726
NR_043362.1

1059

Streptomyces ehimensis strain KCTC 9727
NR_043363.1

1060

Streptomyces emeiensis strain 4776
NR_043869.1

1061

Streptomyces endus strain NRRL 2339
NR_043379.1

1062

Streptomyces enissocaesilis strain NBRC 100763
NR_041411.1

1063

Streptomyces erythrogriseus strain: LMG 19406
NR_042294.1

1064

Streptomyces eurocidicus strain NRRL B-1676
NR_043355.1

1065

Streptomyces europaeiscabiei strain KACC 20186
NR_042790.1

1066

Streptomyces eurythermus strain ATCC 14975
NR_025869.1

1067

Streptomyces exfoliatus strain NBRC 13191
NR_041117.1

1068

Streptomyces exfoliatus strain NBRC 13475
NR_041229.1

1069

Streptomyces ferralitis strain SFOp68
NR_029087.1

1070

Streptomyces filamentosus strain NBRC 12767
NR_041064.1

1071

Streptomyces filipinensis strain NBRC 12860
NR_041083.1

1072

Streptomyces fimbriatus strain DSM 40942
NR_043364.1

1073

Streptomyces fimicarius strain ISP 5322
NR_043351.1

1074

Streptomyces finlayi strain NRRL B-12114
NR_043354.1

1075

Streptomyces flaveolus strain NBRC 3408
NR_041206.1

1076

Streptomyces flaveus strain NRRL B-16074
NR_043491.1

1077

Streptomyces flavidovirens strain NBRC 13039
NR_041099.1

1078

Streptomyces flavofungini strain NBRC 13371
NR_041125.1

1079

Streptomyces flavogriseus strain ATCC 33331
NR_074559.1

1080

Streptomyces flavogriseus strain CBS 101.34
NR_028988.1

1081

Streptomyces flavotricini strain NRRL B-5419
NR_043380.1

1082

Streptomyces flavovariabilis strain NRRL B-16367
NR_044146.1

1083

Streptomyces flavovirens strain NRRL B-2685
NR_043487.1

1084

Streptomyces flavoviridis strain NBRC 12772
NR_041218.1

1085

Streptomyces flocculus strain NBRC 13041
NR_041100.1

1086

Streptomyces fradiae strain NRRL B-1195
NR_043485.1

1087

Streptomyces fragilis strain NRRL 2424
NR_043381.1

1088

Streptomyces fulvissimus strain NBRC 3717
NR_041210.1

1089

Streptomyces fulvorobeus strain NBRC 15897
NR_041196.1

1090

Streptomyces fumanus strain NBRC 13042
NR_041101.1

1091

Streptomyces fumigatiscleroticus strain NRRL B-3856
NR_043817.1

1092

Streptomyces galbus strain DSM 40089
NR_026178.1

1093

Streptomyces galilaeus strain JCM 4757
NR_040857.1

1094

Streptomyces gancidicus strain NBRC 15412
NR_041179.1

1095

Streptomyces gardneri strain NBRC 3385
NR_041204.1

1096

Streptomyces gelaticus strain NRRL B-2928
NR_043488.1

1097

Streptomyces geldanamycininus strain NRRL 3602
NR_043722.1

1098

Streptomyces geysiriensis strain NRRL B-12102
NR_043818.1

1099

Streptomyces ghanaensis strain KCTC 9882
NR_043366.1

1100

Streptomyces gibsonii strain NBRC 15415
NR_041180.1

1101

Streptomyces glaucescens strain NBRC 12774
NR_041219.1

1102

Streptomyces glauciniger strain NBRC 100913
NR_041428.1

1103

Streptomyces glaucosporus strain NBRC 15416
NR_041181.1

1104

Streptomyces glaucus strain NBRC 15417
NR_041182.1

1105

Streptomyces globisporus subsp. globisporus strain NRRL B-2872
NR_044145.1

1106

Streptomyces globosus strain: LMG 19896
NR_042295.1

1107

Streptomyces glomeratus strain NBRC 15898
NR_041409.1

1108

Streptomyces glomeroaurantiacus strain NBRC 15418
NR_041436.1

1109

Streptomyces gobitricini strain NBRC 15419
NR_041183.1

1110

Streptomyces goshikiensis strain NRRL B-5428
NR_044147.1

1111

Streptomyces gougerotii strain NBRC 3198
NR_041201.1

1112

Streptomyces graminearus strain: LMG 19904
NR_042296.1

1113

Streptomyces griseiniger strain: NRRL B-1865
NR_042099.1

1114

Streptomyces griseoaurantiacus strain NBRC 15440
NR_041186.1

1115

Streptomyces griseoflavus strain: LMG 19344
NR_042291.1

1116

Streptomyces griseofuscus strain NBRC 12870
NR_041084.1

1117

Streptomyces griseoincarnatus strain: LMG 19316
NR_042290.1

1118

Streptomyces griseoloalbus strain NBRC 13046
NR_041102.1

1119

Streptomyces griseolus strain NBRC 3415
NR_041207.1

1120

Streptomyces griseoluteus strain JCM 4765
NR_043341.1

1121

Streptomyces griseomycini strain NBRC 12778
NR_041065.1

1122

Streptomyces griseoplanus strain AS 4.1868
NR_043377.1

1123

Streptomyces griseorubens strain NBRC 12780
NR_041066.1

1124

Streptomyces griseoruber strain NBRC 12873
NR_041086.1

1125

Streptomyces griseorubiginosus strain: LMG 19941
NR_042298.1

1126

Streptomyces griseosporeus strain NBRC 13458
NR_041140.1

1127

Streptomyces griseostramineus strain NBRC 12781
NR_041067.1

1128

Streptomyces griseoviridis strain KCTC 9780
NR_043358.1

1129

Streptomyces griseus strain KACC 20084
NR_042791.1

1130

Streptomyces griseus subsp. griseus strain NBRC 13350
NR_074787.1

1131

Streptomyces guanduensis strain 701
NR_043246.1

1132

Streptomyces gulbargensis strain DAS131
NR_043714.1

1133

Streptomyces hainanensis strain: YIM 47672
NR_042561.1

1134

Streptomyces halstedii strain NRRL B-1238
NR_044148.1

1135

Streptomyces hawaiiensis strain NBRC 12784
NR_041068.1

1136

Streptomyces hebeiensis strain YIM 001
NR_029091.1

1137

Streptomyces heliomycini strain NBRC 15899
NR_041197.1

1138

Streptomyces helvaticus strain NBRC 13382
NR_041127.1

1139

Streptomyces herbaricolor strain NBRC 3838
NR_041212.1

1140

Streptomyces himastatinicus strain ATCC 53653
NR_044201.1

1141

Streptomyces hiroshimensis strain NBRC 3720
NR_041211.1

1142

Streptomyces hirsutus strain NRRL B-2713
NR_043819.1

1143

Streptomyces humidus strain NRRL B-3172
NR_043820.1

1144

Streptomyces humiferus strain DSM 43030
NR_025250.1

1145

Streptomyces hygroscopicus strain NRRL 1346
NR_044200.1

1146

Streptomyces hygroscopicus strain NRRL B-5491
NR_044199.1

1147

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. angustmyceticus strain NRRL B-
NR_043821.1

2347

1148

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. decoyicus strain AS 4.1861
NR_043374.1

1149

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. glebosus strain NBRC 13786
NR_041151.1

1150

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. hygroscopicus strain NBRC 13472
NR_041145.1

1151

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. jinggangensis strain 5008
NR_074563.1

1152

Streptomyces hygroscopicus subsp. ossamyceticus strain NBRC 13983
NR_041156.1

1153

Streptomyces hypolithicus strain HSM#10
NR_044431.1

1154

Streptomyces iakyrus strain NBRC 13401
NR_041231.1

1155

Streptomyces indiaensis strain NBRC 13964
NR_041155.1

1156

Streptomyces indigoferus strain NBRC 12878
NR_041087.1

1157

Streptomyces indonesiensis strain DSM 41759; A4R2
NR_043724.1

1158

Streptomyces intermedius strain NBRC 13049
NR_041103.1

1159

Streptomyces inusitatus strain NBRC 13601
NR_041149.1

1160

Streptomyces ipomoeae strain NBRC 13050
NR_041225.1

1161

Streptomyces javensis strain B22P3
NR_028958.1

1162

Streptomyces jietaisiensis strain FXJ46
NR_042836.1

1163

Streptomyces kanamyceticus strain NRRL B-2535
NR_043822.1

1164

Streptomyces kasugaensis strain M338-M1
NR_024724.1

1165

Streptomyces katrae strain NBRC 13447
NR_041136.1

1166

Streptomyces koyangensis strain VK-A60
NR_025662.1

1167

Streptomyces kunmingensis strain NRRL B-16240
NR_043823.1

1168

Streptomyces kurssanovii strain NBRC 13192
NR_041118.1

1169

Streptomyces labedae strain NBRC 15864
NR_041192.1

1170

Streptomyces lanatus strain NBRC 12787
NR_041220.1

1171

Streptomyces lateritius strain: LMG 19372
NR_042293.1

1172

Streptomyces laurentii strain: LMG 19959
NR_042299.1

1173

Streptomyces lavendofoliae strain: LMG 19935
NR_042297.1

1174

Streptomyces lavenduligriseus strain NRRL B-3173
NR_043824.1

1175

Streptomyces lavendulocolor strain NRRL B-3367
NR_043825.1

1176

Streptomyces levis strain NBRC 15423
NR_041184.1

1177

Streptomyces libani subsp. libani strain NBRC 13452
NR_041139.1

1178

Streptomyces libani subsp. rufus strain: LMG 20087
NR_042301.1

1179

Streptomyces lienomycini strain: LMG 20091
NR_042302.1

1180

Streptomyces lilacinus strain NBRC 3944
NR_041215.1

1181

Streptomyces lincolnensis strain NBRC 13054
NR_041104.1

1182

Streptomyces litmocidini strain NBRC 12792
NR_041069.1

1183

Streptomyces lomondensis strain NBRC 15426
NR_041185.1

1184

Streptomyces longispororuber strain NBRC 13488
NR_041147.1

1185

Streptomyces longisporus strain ISP 5166
NR_025492.1

1186

Streptomyces longwoodensis strain NBRC 14251
NR_041161.1

1187

Streptomyces lucensis strain NRRL B-5626
NR_043827.1

1188

Streptomyces lunalinharesii strain RCQ1071
NR_043541.1

1189

Streptomyces luridiscabiei strain S63
NR_025155.1

1190

Streptomyces luridus strain NRRL B-5409
NR_043828.1

1191

Streptomyces lusitanus strain NBRC 13464
NR_041143.1

1192

Streptomyces luteireticuli strain NBRC 13422
NR_041431.1

1193

Streptomyces luteogriseus strain NBRC 13402
NR_041128.1

1194

Streptomyces luteosporeus strain NRRL 2401
NR_043829.1

1195

Streptomyces lydicus strain ATCC 25470
NR_026444.1

1196

Streptomyces macrosporus strain A1201
NR_026530.1

1197

Streptomyces malachitofuscus strain NBRC 13059
NR_041105.1

1198

Streptomyces malachitospinus strain NBRC 101004
NR_041423.1

1199

Streptomyces malaysiensis strain NBRC 16446
NR_041410.1

1200

Streptomyces mashuensis strain DSM40221
NR_026174.1

1201

Streptomyces massasporeus strain NBRC 12796
NR_041070.1

1202

Streptomyces matensis strain NBRC 12889
NR_041088.1

1203

Streptomyces mauvecolor strain NBRC 13854
NR_041154.1

1204

Streptomyces mayteni strain YIM 60475
NR_044434.1

1205

Streptomyces megasporus strain NBRC 14749
NR_041165.1

1206

Streptomyces melanogenes strain NBRC 12890
NR_041089.1

1207

Streptomyces melanosporofaciens strain NRRL B-12234
NR_028917.1

1208

Streptomyces mexicanus strain NBRC 100915
NR_041429.1

1209

Streptomyces michiganensis strain NBRC 12797
NR_041071.1

1210

Streptomyces microflavus strain NRRL B-2156
NR_043854.1

1211

Streptomyces minutiscleroticus strain NRRL B-12202
NR_044149.1

1212

Streptomyces mirabilis strain NBRC 13450
NR_041137.1

1213

Streptomyces misakiensis strain IFO 12891
NR_041308.1

1214

Streptomyces misionensis strain NRRL B-3230
NR_044138.1

1215

Streptomyces mobaraensis strain NRRL B-3729
NR_043830.1

1216

Streptomyces monomycini strain NRRL B-24309
NR_043850.1

1217

Streptomyces morookaensis strain: LMG 20074
NR_042300.1

1218

Streptomyces murinus strain NBRC 12799
NR_041072.1

1219

Streptomyces mutabilis strain NRRL ISP-5169
NR_044139.1

1220

Streptomyces mutomycini strain NBRC 100999
NR_041421.1

1221

Streptomyces naganishii strain NRRL B-1816
NR_043831.1

1222

Streptomyces nanshensis strain SCSIO 01066
NR_044534.1

1223

Streptomyces narbonensis strain NRRL B-1680
NR_043853.1

1224

Streptomyces nashvillensis strain NBRC 13064
NR_041106.1

1225

Streptomyces neyagawaensis strain ATCC 27449
NR_025868.1

1226

Streptomyces niger strain DSM 43049
NR_025619.1

1227

Streptomyces nigrescens strain NRRL B-12176
NR_043832.1

1228

Streptomyces nitrosporeus strain NRRL B-1316
NR_044140.1

1229

Streptomyces niveiscabiei strain S78
NR_037095.1

1230

Streptomyces niveoruber strain NRRL B-2724
NR_043855.1

1231

Streptomyces noboritoensis strain NBRC 13065
NR_041107.1

1232

Streptomyces nodosus strain ATCC14899
NR_041730.1

1233

Streptomyces nogalater strain TT2-9
NR_041316.1

1234

Streptomyces nojiriensis strain: LMG 20094
NR_042303.1

1235

Streptomyces noursei strain NBRC 15452
NR_041187.1

1236

Streptomyces novaecaesareae strain NBRC 13368
NR_041124.1

1237

Streptomyces ochraceiscleroticus strain NBRC 12394
NR_041060.1

1238

Streptomyces odorifer strain DSM 40347
NR_026535.1

1239

Streptomyces olivaceiscleroticus strain DSM 40595
NR_025618.1

1240

Streptomyces olivaceoviridis strain NBRC 13066
NR_041108.1

1241

Streptomyces olivaceus strain NBRC 3200
NR_041202.1

1242

Streptomyces olivochromogenes strain DSM 40451
NR_025664.1

1243

Streptomyces olivoverticillatus strain NBRC 15273
NR_041169.1

1244

Streptomyces omiyaensis strain NRRL B-1587
NR_044150.1

1245

Streptomyces orinoci strain NBRC 13466
NR_041228.1

1246

Streptomyces pactum strain NBRC 13433
NR_041134.1

1247

Streptomyces paradoxus strain NBRC 14887
NR_041167.1

1248

Streptomyces parvulus strain NBRC 13193
NR_041119.1

1249

Streptomyces parvus strain NRRL B-1455
NR_043833.1

1250

Streptomyces paucisporeus strain 1413
NR_043247.1

1251

Streptomyces peucetius strain JCM 9920
NR_024763.1

1252

Streptomyces phaeochromogenes strain NBRC 3180
NR_041200.1

1253

Streptomyces phaeofaciens strain NBRC 13372
NR_041126.1

1254

Streptomyces phaeogriseichromatogenes strain: NRRL 2834
NR_042095.1

1255

Streptomyces phaeoluteichromatogenes strain: NRRL B-5799
NR_042096.1

1256

Streptomyces phaeoluteigriseus strain: ISP 5182
NR_042097.1

1257

Streptomyces phaeopurpureus strain NRRL B-2260
NR_043505.1

1258

Streptomyces pharetrae strain CZA14
NR_043130.1

1259

Streptomyces pilosus strain NBRC 12807
NR_041073.1

1260

Streptomyces platensis strain JCM 4662
NR_024761.1

1261

Streptomyces plicatus strain NRRL 2428
NR_043382.1

1262

Streptomyces plumbiresistens strain CCNWHX 13-160
NR_044518.1

1263

Streptomyces pluricolorescens strain NRRL B-2121
NR_043834.1

1264

Streptomyces polyantibioticus strain SPR; DSM 44925
NR_043573.1

1265

Streptomyces polychromogenes strain NBRC 13072
NR_041109.1

1266

Streptomyces poonensis strain NRRL B-2319
NR_043852.1

1267

Streptomyces prasinopilosus strain NBRC 12809
NR_041430.1

1268

Streptomyces prasinosporus strain NBRC 13419
NR_041130.1

1269

Streptomyces prasinus strain NRRL B-2712
NR_043500.1

1270

Streptomyces prunicolor strain NRRL B-12281
NR_043501.1

1271

Streptomyces psammoticus strain IFO 13971
NR_043372.1

1272

Streptomyces pseudogriseolus strain NRRL B-3288
NR_043835.1

1273

Streptomyces pseudovenezuelae strain NBRC 12904
NR_041090.1

1274

Streptomyces pulveraceus strain NBRC 3855
NR_041213.1

1275

Streptomyces puniceus strain NRRL B-2895
NR_043836.1

1276

Streptomyces puniciscabiei strain S77
NR_025156.1

1277

Streptomyces purpeofuscus strain: LMG 20283
NR_042304.1

1278

Streptomyces purpurascens strain NBRC 12831
NR_041221.1

1279

Streptomyces purpurascens strain NBRC 12879
NR_041224.1

1280

Streptomyces purpureus strain: LMG 19368
NR_042292.1

1281

Streptomyces purpurogeneiscleroticus strain DSM 43156
NR_025616.1

1282

Streptomyces racemochromogenes strain NRRL B-5430
NR_043499.1

1283

Streptomyces radiopugnans strain R97
NR_044013.1

1284

Streptomyces rameus strain KCTC 9767
NR_043361.1

1285

Streptomyces ramulosus strain NRRL B-2714
NR_043503.1

1286

Streptomyces rangoonensis strain NBRC 13078
NR_041110.1

1287

Streptomyces recifensis strain NBRC 12813
NR_041074.1

1288

Streptomyces rectiviolaceus strain NRRL B-16374
NR_043502.1

1289

Streptomyces regensis strain NRRL B-11479
NR_043495.1

1290

Streptomyces reticuliscabiei strain CFBP 4531
NR_025293.1

1291

Streptomyces rhizosphaericus strain NBRC 100778
NR_041415.1

1292

Streptomyces rimosus subsp. paromomycinus strain DSM 41429
NR_025622.1

1293

Streptomyces rimosus subsp. rimosus strain JCM 4667
NR_024762.1

1294

Streptomyces rishiriensis strain NRRL B-3239
NR_044141.1

1295

Streptomyces rochei strain NBRC 12908
NR_041091.1

1296

Streptomyces roseiscleroticus strain NBRC 13002
NR_041094.1

1297

Streptomyces roseofulvus strain NBRC 13194
NR_041120.1

1298

Streptomyces roseolilacinus strain NBRC 12815
NR_041075.1

1299

Streptomyces roseolus strain NBRC 12816
NR_041076.1

1300

Streptomyces roseoviolaceus strain ISP 5277
NR_025493.1

1301

Streptomyces roseoviridis strain NBRC 12911
NR_041092.1

1302

Streptomyces ruber strain NBRC 14600
NR_041163.1

1303

Streptomyces rubidus strain 13C15
NR_043245.1

1304

Streptomyces rubiginosohelvolus strain NBRC 12912
NR_041093.1

1305

Streptomyces rubiginosus strain KCTC 9042
NR_043360.1

1306

Streptomyces rubrogriseus strain NBRC 15455
NR_041188.1

1307

Streptomyces rutgersensis strain NBRC 12819
NR_041077.1

1308

Streptomyces sampsonii strain ATCC 25495
NR_025870.1

1309

Streptomyces sanglieri strain NBRC 100784
NR_041417.1

1310

Streptomyces sannanensis strain NBRC 14239
NR_041160.1

1311

Streptomyces scabiei 87.22 strain 87.22
NR_074848.1

1312

Streptomyces scabiei strain RL-34
NR_025865.1

1313

Streptomyces scabrisporus strain KM-4927
NR_028613.1

1314

Streptomyces sclerotialus strain DSM 43032
NR_025620.1

1315

Streptomyces scopiformis strain A25
NR_028764.1

1316

Streptomyces sedi strain YIM 65188
NR_044582.1

1317

Streptomyces seoulensis strain NBRC 16668
NR_041432.1

1318

Streptomyces showdoensis strain NBRC 13417
NR_041129.1

1319

Streptomyces sindenensis strain NBRC 3399
NR_041205.1

1320

Streptomyces sioyaensis strain NRRL B-5408
NR_043498.1

1321

Streptomyces sodiiphilus strain YIM 80305
NR_042799.1

1322

Streptomyces somaliensis strain DSM 40738
NR_025292.1

1323

Streptomyces sp. 40003 strain 40003
NR_042760.1

1324

Streptomyces sp. SirexAA-E strain SirexAA-E
NR_074561.1

1325

Streptomyces sp. strain ISP 5133
NR_042100.1

1326

Streptomyces sp. strain ISP 5310
NR_042101.1

1327

Streptomyces sp. strain ISP 5499
NR_042102.1

1328

Streptomyces sparsogenes strain NBRC 13086
NR_041111.1

1329

Streptomyces specialis strain: GW41-1564
NR_042689.1

1330

Streptomyces speibonae strain PK-Blue
NR_025212.1

1331

Streptomyces spinoverrucosus strain NBRC 14228
NR_041159.1

1332

Streptomyces spiralis strain NRRL B-16922
NR_044142.1

1333

Streptomyces spiroverticillatus strain NBRC 3931
NR_041214.1

1334

Streptomyces sporocinereus strain NBRC 100766
NR_041412.1

1335

Streptomyces sporoclivatus strain NBRC 100767
NR_041413.1

1336

Streptomyces spororaveus strain: LMG 20313
NR_042306.1

1337

Streptomyces sporoverrucosus strain NRRL B-16379
NR_043837.1

1338

Streptomyces stelliscabiei strain CFBP 4521
NR_025294.1

1339

Streptomyces stramineus strain NBRC 16131
NR_041198.1

1340

Streptomyces subrutilus strain DSM 40445
NR_026203.1

1341

Streptomyces sulfonofaciens strain NBRC 14260
NR_041433.1

1342

Streptomyces sulphureus strain NRRL B-1627
NR_043838.1

1343

Streptomyces synnematoformans strain S155
NR_044098.1

1344

Streptomyces tanashiensis strain IFO 12919
NR_043369.1

1345

Streptomyces tauricus strain JCM 4837
NR_028621.1

1346

Streptomyces tendae strain ATCC 19812
NR_025871.1

1347

Streptomyces termitum strain NBRC 13087
NR_041112.1

1348

Streptomyces thermoalcalitolerans strain NBRC 16322
NR_041408.1

1349

Streptomyces thermocarboxydovorans strain AT52
NR_026071.1

1350

Streptomyces thermocarboxydus strain AT37
NR_026072.1

1351

Streptomyces thermocoprophilus strain B19
NR_025291.1

1352

Streptomyces thermodiastaticus strain JCM 4840
NR_036816.1

1353

Streptomyces thermogriseus strain NBRC 100772
NR_041434.1

1354

Streptomyces thermolineatus strain A1484
NR_026529.1

1355

Streptomyces thermospinosisporus strain AT10
NR_025147.1

1356

Streptomyces thermoviolaceus subsp. thermoviolaceus strain DSM 40443
NR_027616.1

1357

Streptomyces thermovulgaris strain R10
NR_026528.1

1358

Streptomyces thioluteus strain NBRC 3364
NR_041203.1

1359

Streptomyces torulosus strain: LMG 20305
NR_042305.1

1360

Streptomyces toxytricini strain NRRL B-5426
NR_043839.1

1361

Streptomyces tricolor strain NBRC 15461
NR_041189.1

1362

Streptomyces tritolerans strain DAS 165
NR_043745.1

1363

Streptomyces tubercidicus strain DSM 40261
NR_025623.1

1364

Streptomyces tuirus strain NBRC 15617
NR_041190.1

1365

Streptomyces turgidiscabies strain ATCC 700248
NR_040828.1

1366

Streptomyces umbrinus strain NBRC 13091
NR_041113.1

1367

Streptomyces variabilis strain NRRL B-3984
NR_043840.1

1368

Streptomyces variegatus strain: LMG 20315
NR_042307.1

1369

Streptomyces varsoviensis strain NRRL B-3589
NR_043497.1

1370

Streptomyces vastus strain NRRL B-12232
NR_043841.1

1371

Streptomyces venezuelae strain JCM 4526
NR_024764.1

1372

Streptomyces vietnamensis strain GIMV4.0001
NR_043710.1

1373

Streptomyces vinaceus strain NBRC 13425
NR_041131.1

1374

Streptomyces vinaceusdrappus strain NRRL 2363
NR_043383.1

1375

Streptomyces violaceochromogenes strain IFO 13100
NR_043373.1

1376

Streptomyces violaceolatus strain DSM 40438
NR_027223.1

1377

Streptomyces violaceorectus strain NBRC 13102
NR_041114.1

1378

Streptomyces violaceoruber strain DSM 40049
NR_041914.1

1379

Streptomyces violaceorubidus strain: LMG 20319
NR_042309.1

1380

Streptomyces violaceus strain NBRC 13103
NR_041115.1

1381

Streptomyces violaceusniger strain NBRC 13459
NR_041141.1

1382

Streptomyces violaceusniger strain Tu 4113
NR_074570.1

1383

Streptomyces violarus strain NBRC 13104
NR_041116.1

1384

Streptomyces violascens strain ISP 5183
NR_043338.1

1385

Streptomyces violens strain DSM 40597
NR_025617.1

1386

Streptomyces virens strain NRRL B-24331
NR_043842.1

1387

Streptomyces virginiae strain NBRC 12827
NR_041078.1

1388

Streptomyces viridiviolaceus strain IFO 13359
NR_043368.1

1389

Streptomyces viridobrunneus strain: LMG 20317
NR_042308.1

1390

Streptomyces viridochromogenes strain NRRL B-1511
NR_043843.1

1391

Streptomyces viridodiastaticus strain IFO 13106
NR_043367.1

1392

Streptomyces viridosporus strain NRRL 2414
NR_043844.1

1393

Streptomyces vitaminophilus strain NBRC 14294
NR_041162.1

1394

Streptomyces wedmorensis strain NRRL 3426
NR_043845.1

1395

Streptomyces werraensis strain NRRL B-5317
NR_043846.1

1396

Streptomyces xanthochromogenes strain NRRL B-5410
NR_043847.1

1397

Streptomyces xanthocidicus strain IFO 13469
NR_043370.1

1398

Streptomyces xantholiticus strain NBRC 13354
NR_041123.1

1399

Streptomyces xanthophaeus strain NRRL B-5414
NR_043848.1

1400

Streptomyces xiamenensis strain MCCC 1A01550
NR_044035.1

1401

Streptomyces yanglinensis strain 1307
NR_043244.1

1402

Streptomyces yanii strain IFO 14669
NR_040781.1

1403

Streptomyces yatensis strain NBRC 101000
NR_041427.1

1404

Streptomyces yeochonensis strain CN 732
NR_024953.1

1405

Streptomyces yerevanensis strain NRRL B-16943
NR_044143.1

1406

Streptomyces yogyakartensis strain NBRC 100779
NR_041416.1

1407

Streptomyces yokosukanensis strain NRRL B-3353
NR_043496.1

1408

Streptomyces yunnanensis strain YIM 41004
NR_025149.1

1409

Streptomyces zaomyceticus strain NRRL B-2038
NR_044144.1

1410

Vibrio alginolyticus strain ATCC 17749
NR_044825.1

1411

Vibrio cholerae bv. albensis strain ATCC 14547; RC782
NR_044050.1

1412

Vibrio cholerae O1 biovar El Tor strain N16961
NR_074810.1

1413

Vibrio cholerae strain O395
NR_074816.1

1414

Vibrio cholerae strain CECT 514
NR_044853.1

1415

Vibrio fluvialis strain VL 5125
NR_036790.1

1416

Vibrio metschnikovii strain Fowl
NR_029258.1

1417

Vibrio mimicus strain 1721-77
NR_029259.1

1418

Vibrio parahaemolyticus strain ATCC 17802
NR_041838.1

1419

Vibrio vulnificus CMCP6 strain CMCP6
NR_074889.1

1420

Vibrio vulnificus strain 324
NR_036888.1

1421

Yersinia enterocolitica strain ATCC 9610
NR_041832.1

1422

Yersinia enterocolitica subsp. enterocolitica strain 8081
NR_074308.1

1423

Yersinia pestis KIM10+ strain KIM
NR_075053.1

1424

Yersinia pestis strain NCTC 5923
NR_025160.1

1425

Yersinia pseudotuberculosis strain IP 32953
NR_074202.1

1426

Yersinia pseudotuberculosis strain ATCC 29833
NR_025158.1

1427

Escherichia coli

NR_074891.1

1428

Staphylococcus epidermidis RP62A strain RP62A
NR_074995.1

1429

Staphylococcus haemolyticus

NR_074994.1

1430

Stenotrophomonas maltophila

NR_074875.1

2.2 Further Classification of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Sepsis-Causing Bacteria Using SNPs in 16S rRNA

Bacterial pathogens that commonly cause sepsis in mammals (e.g., humans) include the Gram-positive bacteria Actinomyces massiliensis, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium perfringens, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Dermatophilus congolensis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Eubacterium desmolans, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Listeria monocytogenes, Micrococcus luteus, Mobiluncus curtisii, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis, Peptostreptococcus stomatis, Rhodococcus equi, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, and the Gram-negative bacteria Acinetobacter baumannii, Actinobacillus hominis, Aeromonas hydrophila, Bacteroides fragilis, Brucella abortus, Burkholderia cepacia, Campylobacter coli, Cardiobacterium valvarum, Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Citrobacter freundii, Edwardsiella tarda, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Flavobacterium ceti, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Helicobacter pylori, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Legionella pneumophila, Leptospira interrogans, Moraxella catarrhalis, Morganella morganii, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Pasteurella multocida, Porphyromonas gingivalis, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Proteus mirabilis, Providencia alcalifaciens, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Veillonella dispar, Vibrio cholerae, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis. These pathogens can be classified into seven groups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 3.

TABLE 3

Group
Gram Status
396
398
399
400
401

1
Positive or Helicobacterpylori,
A
C
G
C
C

Campylobacter
coli or Veillonella dispar

2
Positive or Leptospirainterogans,
G
C
G
C
C

Chlamydia
trachomatis, or Chlamydophila

pneumoniae

3
Negative, aerobic
C
T
G
C
C

4
Negative, aerobic
A
T
G
C
C

5
Negative, aerobic
C
T
A
C
C

6
Negative, anaerobic
C
A
G
T
A

7
Negative, anaerobic
C
A
G
T
C

Thus, an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 1 pathogen, typically a Gram-positive bacterium, such as Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus or Peptostreptococcus stomatis, or a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar.

G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 2 pathogen, such as a Gram-positive bacterium selected from Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Leptospira interogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumonia.

C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 3 pathogen, which is an aerobic Gram-negative bacterium, including Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti.

A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 4 pathogen, which is an aerobic Gram-negative bacterium, including Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum

C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 5 pathogen, which is an aerobic Gram-negative bacterium such as Stenotrophomonas maltophila.

C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacteria is a Group 6 pathogen, which is an anerobic Gram-negative bacterium, such as Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis or Prevotella intermedia.

C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Group 7 pathogen, which is an anaerobic Gram-negative bacterium such as Porphyromonas gingivalis.

Pathogens classified into Group 1 can be further classified into 12 subgroups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 4, wherein A, A, C, C, G, A, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium, aerobic, and potentially vancomycin resistant, and includes the pathogens Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes; A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive, aerobic, beta-hemolytic Streptococcal species including Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptoococcus pyogenes; A, A, C, C, G, A, T, C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive aerobe, Lactobacillus intestinalis; A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-negative spiral aerobe, either Helicobacter pylori or Campylobacter coli; A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive, anaerobic bacillus, Clostridium perfringens; A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive Staphylococcus with potential oxacillin resistance, including Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus; G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive anaerobic bacillus, Eubacterium desmolans; G, A, A, T, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative anaerobic coccus, Veillonella dispar; G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive anaerobic bacillus, Clostridium difficile; T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacillus, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae; T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive alpha-hemolytic coccus selected from Streptococcus Bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus; and T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive, anaerobic coccus, Peptostreptococcus stomatis.

TABLE 4

Group
Status
490
491
492
493
495
496
500
501

1a
Gram-positive, aerobic,
A
A
C
C
G
A
C
C

potential vancomycin

resistance, Bacillus

anthracis, Enterococcus

faecalis, Enterococcus

faecium and

Listeria
monocytogenes

1b
Gram-positive, aerobic,
A
A
C
C
G
A
G
G

beta-hemolytic

Streptococcal species

including

Streptococcus
agalactiae,

Streptococcus
anginosus,

Streptococcus
constellatus,

Streptococcus
dysgalactiae,

Streptococcus
intermedius,

and Streptoococcus

pyogenes

1c
Gram-positive, aerobic,
A
A
C
C
G
A
T
C

Lactobacillus
intestinalis

1d
Gram-negative, spiral,
A
A
C
G
A
T
C
A

aerobic, Helicobacter

pylori, Campylobacter

coli

1e
Gram-positive, anaerobic,
A
A
G
G
G
G
C
C

bacillus, Clostridium

perfringens

1f
Gram-positive
A
A
T
C
G
A
C
C

Staphylococcus, potential

oxacillin resistance,

Staphylococcus
aureus,

Staphylococcus

epidermidis,

Staphylococcus

haemolyticus,

Staphylococcus
hominis,

and Staphylococcus

saprophyticus

1g
Gram-positive, anaerobic,
G
A
A
G
A
T
C
T

bacillus, Eubacterium

desmolans

1h
Gram-negative, anaerobic,
G
A
A
T
G
A
C
C

cocci, Veillonella dispar

1i
Gram-positive, anaerobic,
G
A
G
G
G
G
C
C

bacillus, Clostridium

difficile

1j
Gram-positive, bacillus,
T
A
C
C
G
A
C
C

Erysipelothrix

rhusiopathiae

1k
Gram-positive, cocci,
T
A
C
C
G
A
G
G

alpha-hemolytic,

Streptococcus
bovis,

Streptococcus
mitis,

Streptococcus
mutans,

Streptococcus
oralis,

Streptococcus
pneumoniae,

Streptococcus
sanguinis,

and Streptococcussobrinus

1l
Gram-positive, anaerobic,
T
G
T
G
G
G
C
C

cocci, Peptostreptococcus

stomatis

Pathogens classified into Group 2 can be further classified into 9 subgroups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 5, wherein an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus, Cornebacterium diptheriae; a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive coccus selected from Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi; a G, C, A, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus, either Streptomyces anulatus or Streptomyces somaliensis; a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative spiral bacterium, Leptospira interrogans; a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus, Mycobacterium tuberculosis; a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus, either Corynebacterium jeikeium or Corynebacterium urealyticum; a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-positive, anaerobic bacillus, Mobiluncus curtisii; a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is Gram-negative and either Chlamydia trachomatis or Chlamydophila pneumoniae; a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacillus, partially acid fast and either the aerobic Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasilensis; and a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacillus, partially acid fast and the anaerobe Actinomyces massiliensis.

TABLE 5

Group
Status
490
491
492
493
496
499
501

2a
Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus,
A
G
A
T
G
G
A

Corynebacterium
diptheriae

2b
Gram-positive, coccus,
G
C
A
G
G
G
A

Dermatophilus
congolensis,

Micrococcus
luteus,

Rhodococcus
equi

2c
Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus,
G
C
A
G
G
G
G

Streptomyces
anulatus,

Streptomyces
somaliensis

2d
Gram-negative, spiral,
G
C
C
T
A
A
C

Leptospira
interrogans

2e
Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus,
G
G
A
G
G
G
A

Mycobacterium
tuberculosis

2f
Gram-positive, acid fast bacillus,
G
G
A
T
G
G
A

Corynebacterium
jeikeium,

Corynebacterium
urealyticum

2g
Gram-positive, anaerobe,
G
G
G
G
G
G
G

bacillus, Mobiluncuscurtisii

2h
Gram-negative, Chlamydia
G
G
T
A
G
G
A

trachomatis, Chlamydophila

pneumoniae

2i
Gram-positive, partially acid
G
T
A
G
G
G
A

fast, bacillus, aerobes Nocardia

asteroids, Nocardiabrasilensis,

2j
Gram-positive, partially acid
G
T
T
G
G
G
A

fast, anaerobe Actinomyces

massiliensis

Pathogens classified into Group 3 can be further classified into 7 subgroups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 6, wherein an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-negative coccus or coccobacillus, selected from Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providentia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae; an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium with potential extended spectrum beta lactamase resistance, including Moraxella catarrhalis and Psuedomona aeruginosa; a G, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative diplococcus, either Neisseria gonorrhoeae or Neisseria meningitides; a G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium with potential extended spectrum beta lactamase resistance, selected from Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis; a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative coccus Acinetobacter baumannii, having potential extended spectrum beta lactamase resistant; a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is Brucella abortus; and a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is Flavibacterium ceti.

TABLE 6

Group
Status
490
491
496
501

3a
Gram-negative, coccus or
A
C
G
A

coccobacilllus,

Actinobacillus hominis,

Edwardsiella tarda,

Haemophilus ducreyi,

Haemophilus influenzae,

Haemophilus parahaemolyticus,

Haemophilus parainfluenzae,

Morganella morganii,

Pasteurella multocida,

Providentia alcalifaciens,

Vibrio cholerae

3b
Gram-negative, potential extended
A
C
T
A

spectrum beta lactamase resistant,

Moraxella catarrhalis,

Psuedomona aeruginosa

3c
Gram-negative, diplococcus,
G
A
T
A

Neisseria gonorrhoeae,

Neisseria meningitides

3d
Gram-negative, potential extended
G
C
G
A

spectrum beta lactamase resistant,

Aeromonas hydrophila,

Citrobacter freundii,

Enterobacter aerogenes,

Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia

coli, Klebsiella oxytoca,

Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus

mirabilis, Salmonella enterica,

Serratia marcescens, Shigella

dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei,

Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia

pestis

3e
Gram-negative, cocci, potential
G
C
T
A

extended spectrum beta

lactamase resistant, Acinetobacter

baumannii

3f
Gram-negative, coccobacillus,
G
G
G
C

Brucella abortus

3g
Gram-negative, bacillus,
T
A
T
A

Flavobacterium ceti

Pathogens classified into Group 4 can be further classified into 3 subgroups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 7, wherein an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative pleomorphic bacterium, Legionella pneumophila; a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacillus, Burkholderia cepacia; and a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacillus, Cardiobacterium valvarum.

TABLE 7

Group
Status
490
491
496
499

4a
Gram-negative, pleomorphic,
A
C
G
C

Legionella pneumophila

4b
Gram-negative, bacillus,
G
A
T
G

Burkholderia cepacia

4c
Gram-negative, bacillus,
G
C
G
G

Cardiobacterium valvarum

The pathogen in Group 5, Stenotropomonas maltophila, can be identified without the use of further SNPs other than those in Table 3.

Pathogens classified into Group 6 can be further classified into 4 subgroups by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, and 492 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 8, wherein a C, A and T at positions 490, 491, and 492, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative, anaerobic, bacillus, Prevotella buccae; a T, A and C at positions 490, 491, and 492, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative, anaerobic, bacillus, Prevotella melaninogenica; a T, A and T at positions 490, 491, and 492, respectively, indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative, anaerobic, bacillus Bacteroides fragilis; and a T, A and C at positions 490, 491, and 492, respectively indicate that the bacterium is the Gram-negative, anaerobic, bacillus Prevotella intermedia.

TABLE 8

Group
Status
490
491
496

6a
Gram-negative, anaerobic,
C
A
T

bacillus Prevotella buccae

6b
Gram-negative, anaerobic,
T
A
C

bacillus Prevotella melaninogenica

6c
Gram-negative, anaerobic,
T
A
T

bacillus, Bacteroides fragilis

6d
Gram-negative, anaerobic,
T
T
C

bacillus Prevotella intermedia

The pathogen in Group 7, Porphyromonas gingivalis, can be identified without the use of further SNPs other than those in Table 3.

Thus, a sample, such as a blood sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject with sepsis or a mammalian (e.g., human) subject suspected of having sepsis, e.g. a human subject presenting with SIRS, can be analysed using the methods of the present invention to accurately and rapidly determine whether a bacterium is likely to be the causative agent (i.e. whether there is bacteria present in the sample), and also whether that bacterium is Gram-positive or Gram-negative, acid-fast or not acid-fast, aerobic or anaerobic, and/or part of a major potential antibiotic resistance group. Using the information in Tables 3-8, the identity of the bacterial species can also be narrowed down or, in some cases, confirmed.

2.3 Classification of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Pathogens Commonly Causing Sepsis Using 1 or More SNPs in 16S rRNA

Bacterial pathogens that commonly cause sepsis in mammals (e.g., humans) include the Gram-positive bacteria Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus viridans group (Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, and the Gram-negative bacteria Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica. These pathogens can be classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set SEQ ID NO:1, and applying the rules set forth in Table 1, wherein a C at position 396 and a T, A or C at position 398 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium; and an A, T or G at position 396 and a C at position 398 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium.

Indeed, the Gram status of this subset of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria can be determined on the basis of just a single SNP in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA molecule or DNA copy thereof) at a position corresponding to position 396 of the Escherichia coli 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1. Specifically, a C at the position corresponding to position 396 of SEQ ID NO:1 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium, and an A, T or G indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium. Thus, the present invention provides methods for determining the Gram status of a bacterium in a sample, by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a SNP in the 16S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA or DNA copy thereof) at the position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium in the sample is a Gram-negative bacterium; and an A, T or G at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium. The bacterium in the sample may be a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium, such as Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus viridans group (Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia or Prevotella melaninogenica. Accordingly, the present invention provides methods for detecting a bacterium in a sample, such as a blood sample, from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject with sepsis or a mammalian (e.g., human) subject suspected of having sepsis, e.g. a mammalian (e.g., human) subject presenting with SIRS and, if so, determining whether the bacterium is Gram-positive or Gram-negative.

Other bacteria that can cause sepsis in mammals (e.g., humans), although less commonly than those described above, include for example the Gram-negative bacteria Salmonella enterica, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi and Veillonella rogosae; and the Gram-positive bacteria Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, and Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Of these, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi and Veillonella rogosae do not follow the rules described above and thus are unable to be classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative using only a SNP at positions 396, or SNPs at positions 396 and 398. To accurately classify these bacterial pathogens that also cause sepsis as Gram-positive or Gram-negative, a further 3 SNPs at positions 278, 286 and 648 (numbering corresponding to the 16S rRNA set forth in SEQ ID NO:1) can be used. Thus, a total of 5 SNPs at positions 396, 398, 278, 286 and 648 can be used to determine the Gram status of the mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterial pathogens Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus viridans group (Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.

The general rules for classifying these Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria that may cause mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis using the five SNPs defined above are as follows:

If position 396 is a C then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 9; and if position 396 is A or G then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 10.

TABLE 9

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Prevotella
melaninogenica

C
A
A
G
T

Negative

Prevotella
intermedia

C
A
T
G
G

Negative

Prevotella
buccae

C
A
T
G
T

Negative

Bacteroides
fragilis

C
A
T
A
A

Negative

Citrobacter
freundii

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Enterobacter
aerogenes

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Klebsiella
oxytoca

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Serratia
marcescens

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Morganella
morganii

C
T
G
C
C

Negative

Stenotrophomonas
maltophila

C
T
G
G
C

Negative

Acinetobacter
baumannii

C
T
G
G
G

Negative

Enterobacter
cloacae

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Klebsiella
pneumoniae

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Salmonella
enterica

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Escherichia
coli

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Proteus
mirabilis

C
T
G
C
T

Negative

Neisseria
meningitidis

C
T
G
G
T

Negative

Pseudomonas
aeruginosa

C
T
G
G
T

Negative

Haemophilus
influenzae

C
T
T
C
T

Negative

Burkholderia
cepacia

C
T
G
G
A

TABLE 10

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Mycobacterium
tuberculosis

G
C
G
G
A

Positive

Streptomyces
somaliensis

G
C
G
G
A

Positive

Streptomyces
anulatus

G
C
G
G
T

If positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C and T (respectively) then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 11.

If positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C and C (respectively) then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 12.

TABLE 11

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Campylobacter
coli

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobact
jejuni

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobacter
lari

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobacter
fetus

A
C
T
A
A

Negative

Helicobacter
cinaedi

A
C
T
G
T

Negative

Helicobacter
pylori

A
C
T
G
A

Negative

Chlamydophda
abortus

A
C
T
T
T

TABLE 12

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Enterococcus
faecalis

A
C
C
A
A

Positive

Enterococcus
faecium

A
C
C
A
A

If positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C, G and position 286 is an A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 13.

TABLE 13

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Streptococcus
bovis

A
C
G
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
agalactiae

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
dysgalactiae

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
pyogenes

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
anginosus

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
intermedius

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
mitis

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
mutans

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
pneumoniae

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
sanguinis

A
C
G
A
T

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 14.

TABLE 14

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
aureus

A
C
A
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
sobrinus

A
C
A
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
constellatus

A
C
A
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
oralis

A
C
A
A
T

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, G and position 648 is a G then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 15.

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, G and position 648 is an A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 16.

TABLE 15

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Veillonella
rogosae

A
C
A
G
G

TABLE 16

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
epidermidis

A
C
A
G
A

Positive

Staphylococcus
hominus

A
C
A
G
A

If positions 396, 398, 278 and 286 are A, C, G and G (respectively) and position 648 is G then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 17.

If positions 396, 398, 278 and 286 are A, C, G and G and position 648 is A or T then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 18.

TABLE 17

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Veillonella
atypica

A
C
G
G
G

Negative

Veillonella
parvula

A
C
G
G
G

Negative

Veillonella
denticariosi

A
C
G
G
G

TABLE 18

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
haemolyticus

A
C
G
G
A

Positive

Staphylococcus
saprophyticus

A
C
G
G
A

Positive

Clostridium
perfringens

A
C
G
G
T

Thus, the Gram status of most mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria can be determined by analysing nucleic acid for SNPs at positions 396, 398, 378, 386 and 648 of the 16S rRNA (or 16S rRNA or DNA copy thereof), wherein the bacterial pathogen is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and an T at position 278; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; and the bacterial pathogen is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648.

Thus, a sample, such as a blood sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject with sepsis or a mammalian (e.g., human) subject suspected of having sepsis, e.g. a mammalian (e.g., human) subject presenting with SIRS, can be analysed using the methods of the present invention to accurately and rapidly determine whether a bacterium is likely to be the causative agent (i.e. whether there is bacteria present in the sample), and also whether that bacterium is Gram-positive or Gram-negative. Using the information in Tables 9-18, the identity of the bacterial species can also be narrowed down or, in some cases, confirmed.

2.4 Differentiation of Fungal Cells from Mammalian Cells and Prokaryotes Using SNPs in 5.8S rRNA

5.8S rRNA molecules are unique to eukaryotes. As determined herein, a number of SNPs within the 5.8S rRNA gene (and thus within the 5.8S rRNA molecule) are unique to fungal eukaryotes (including yeasts), such as mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogens Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans, and can thus be used to differentiate such fungal cells from mammalian cells. Because the 5.8S rRNA molecule is not present in prokaryotes, the same SNPs can be used to distinguish fungal cells from prokaryotes such as bacteria. As such, these SNPs can be used to determine the presence of fungal cells in a sample.

SNPs at any one of positions corresponding to positions 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, 256 of the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2 can be used to identify the presence of fungal cells such as Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans in a sample, and distinguish them from mammalian cells. The SNPs at these positions in the 5.8S rRNA gene of fungi and mammalian cells are shown in Table 19.

TABLE 19

SNP Position
Fungi
Mammals

142
C
T

144
A
G

146
A
G

147
A
G

148
C
T

154
T
A

157
T
C

164
C/G
T

167
A
G

185
G
T

187
A
G

188
A
C

194
T
G

197
G
T

213
A
G

215
T
C

216
T
A

219
G
T

223
A
Absent

231
A/G
C

232
T
A

236
T
C

245
A/C
Absent

251
C
G

256
T
G

Thus, the invention provides methods for rapidly detecting the presence of fungal cells in a sample, by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for SNPs at any one of positions corresponding to positions 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, 256 of the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, wherein a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256 indicates the presence of a fungal cell. In contrast, the 5.8S rRNA gene of mammalian cells contains a T at position 142; a G at position 144; a G at position 146; a G at position 147; a T at position 148; an A at position 154; a C at position 157; a T at position 164; a G at position 167; a T at position 185; a G at position 187; a C at position 188; a G at position 194; a T at position 197; a G at position 213; a C at position 215; an A at position 216; a T at position 219; nothing at position 223; a C at position 231; an A at position 232; a C at position 236; nothing at position 245; a G at position 251; or a G at position 256. The fungal cells identified by this method can include, for example, Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans.

2.5 Identification of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Fungal Pathogens Using SNPs in 5.8S rRNA

Several fungal species are known mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens. These include Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans. A combination of 4 SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene (and thus a combination of 4 SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA molecule or a DNA copy thereof) can be used to accurately identify and differentiate each of these species.

The combinations of 4 SNPs that can be used to identify and differentiate the eleven mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogens include those at position 254; one of positions 160 or 255; and any 2 of positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 and 259, with numbering corresponding to the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2. Table 20 sets forth the SNPs at each position for each pathogen. Thus, the present invention provides methods for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least 4 SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at position 254; one of positions 160 or 255; and any 2 of positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 and 259.

TABLE 20

SNP position

160
163
164
165
196
202
223
224
254
255
259

Candida
albicans

T
T
C
G
C
A
A
T
T
C
T

Candida
tropicalis

T
T
C
G
C
A
A
T
T
T
T

Candida

T
T
C
G
A
A
A
T
T
T
T

parapsilosis

Candida
krusei

T
T
C
G
C
G
A
T
C
T
C

Candida
glabrata

T
T
C
G
C
G
A
T
T
C
T

Ajellomyces

T
C
G
A
A
G
A
T
T
C
T

capsulatus

Stachybotrys sp.
C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
C

Scedosporium

T
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

apiospermum

Fusarium sp.
C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

Aspergillus

T
C
G
G
A
G
A
T
C
C
T

fumigatus

Cryptococcus

C
C
C
A
A
G
A
T
T
T
T

neoformans

Because SNPs 164 and 223 can also be used to differentiate fungi from mammalian cells, combinations using SNPs at positions 164 or 223 are able to completely discriminate the eleven pathogenic fungal species in a mammalian background. Thus in one example, the present invention provides methods for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least 4 SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs include those at position 254; one of positions 160 or 255; position 164 and one of positions 163, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 and 259. In another example, the methods include analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least 4 SNPs, wherein the SNPs includes those at position 254; one of positions 160 or 255; position 223 and one of positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 224 and 259. Using such methods, the pathogenic fungal species can be accurately identified in a sample, including biological samples from mammals including human subjects.

Additionally, SNPs 163 and 164 can differentiate Candida species from other fungal pathogens. Thus in another example, the present invention provides methods for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates that the fungal pathogen in the sample is a Candida species. In relates examples, the present invention also provides methods for determining the presence or absence of a Candida species in a sample by analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the presence of a Candida species in the sample, and wherein the absence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the absence of a Candida species in the sample. In specific embodiments of the above examples, the Candida species is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei and Candida glabrata.

3. Screening for Specific Polymorphisms to Classify Microbes According to the Invention

Any method known in the art to detect one or more SNPs can be used in the methods described herein to classify and/or identify microbes in a sample. In particular embodiments, the methods also facilitate quantitation of the microbe in the sample, i.e. the number of bacteria and/or fungi in the sample is determined or estimated. Numerous methods are known in the art for determining the nucleotide occurrence at a particular position corresponding to a single nucleotide polymorphism in a sample. The various tools for the detection of polymorphisms include, but are not limited to, DNA sequencing, scanning techniques, hybridization based techniques, extension based analysis, incorporation based techniques, restriction enzyme based analysis and ligation based techniques.

The methods according to the present invention can identify the polymorphisms described herein within the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA genes, within the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA molecules or within DNA copies thereof, and for either strand. In some examples, the methods of detecting the polymorphisms utilise a first step of amplification, and amplification can be from the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA genes or from DNA copies of the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA molecules.

The nucleic acid may be from a biological sample from a subject or from an environmental sample, such as an air, soil or water sample, a filtrate, a food or manufactured product, or swab from a surface, such as from a medical instrument or work place surface. The subject may be a human subject or non-human subject, such as mammalian subject, such as a primate, livestock animal (e.g., sheep, cows, horses, donkeys, pigs, goats), laboratory test animal (e.g., rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters), companion animal (e.g., cats, dogs) and captive wild animal (e.g., foxes, deer, dingoes). Biological samples from a subject may be from any part of the subject's body, including, but not limited to bodily fluids such as blood, saliva, or sputum, or urine, feces, cells, tissue or biopsies. In other examples, the nucleic acid is obtained from cultured cells. In particular examples, the nucleic acid analyzed is from a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject presenting with SIRS. Such a subject may have sepsis and/or may be suspected of having sepsis.

The nucleic acid that is analysed according to the methods of present invention may be analysed while within the sample, or may first be extracted from the sample, e.g. isolated from the sample prior to analysis. Any method for isolating nucleic acid from a sample can be used in the methods of the present invention, and such methods are well known to those of skill in the art. The extracted nucleic acid can include DNA and/or RNA (including mRNA or rRNA). In some examples, a further step of reverse transcription can be included in the methods prior to analysis. Thus, the nucleic acid to be analysed can include the 16S rRNA gene, 16S rRNA, DNA copy of the 16S rRNA, 5.8S rRNA gene, 5.8S rRNA, DNA copy of the 5.8S rRNA, or any combination thereof. The nucleic acid can also contain portions of include the 16S rRNA gene, 16S rRNA, DNA copy of the 16S rRNA, 5.8S rRNA gene, 5.8S rRNA, or DNA copy of the 5.8S rRNA, providing the portions contain the nucleic acid positions that are being analysed for SNPs.

In some instances, the methods include amplification of the nucleic acid. In such instances, suitable nucleic acid amplification techniques are well known to a person of ordinary skill in the art, and include polymerase chain reaction (PCR) as for example described in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1994-1998) strand displacement amplification (SDA) as for example described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,422,252; rolling circle replication (RCR) as for example described in Liu et al., (1996, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 1587-1594 and International application WO 92/01813) and Lizardi et al., (International Application WO 97/19193); nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA) as for example described by Sooknanan et al., (1994, Biotechniques 17: 1077-1080); ligase chain reaction (LCR); simple sequence repeat analysis (SSR); branched DNA amplification assay (b-DNA); transcription amplification and self-sustained sequence replication; and Q-β replicase amplification as for example described by Tyagi et al., (1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 5395-5400).

Such methods can utilize one or more oligonucleotide probes or primers, including, for example, an amplification primer pair, that selectively hybridize to a target polynucleotide, which contains one or more SNPs. Oligonucleotide probes useful in practicing a method of the invention can include, for example, an oligonucleotide that is complementary to and spans a portion of the target polynucleotide, including the position of the SNP, wherein the presence of a specific nucleotide at the polymorphic site (i.e., the SNP) is detected by the presence or absence of selective hybridization of the probe. Such a method can further include contacting the target polynucleotide and hybridized oligonucleotide with an endonuclease, and detecting the presence or absence of a cleavage product of the probe, depending on whether the nucleotide occurrence at the polymorphic site is complementary to the corresponding nucleotide of the probe.

Primers may be manufactured using any convenient method of synthesis. Examples of such methods may be found in “Protocols for Oligonucleotides and Analogues; Synthesis and Properties”, Methods in Molecular Biology Series; Volume 20; Ed. Sudhir Agrawal, Humana ISBN: 0-89603-247-7; 1993. The primers may also be labeled to facilitate detection.

Any method useful for the detection of SNPs can be used in the present invention, and many different methods are known in the art for SNP genotyping (for review see Syvanen, A. C. (2001) Nat. Rev. Genet. 2, 930-942 (2001); Kwok, P. Y. (2001) Ann Rev Genomics Hum Genet 2, 235-258; Kim S, Misra A. (2007) Ann Rev Biomed Eng. 9:289-320). Such methodology may consist of the use of three steps in succession, including a “reaction” (e.g. hybridization, ligation, extension and cleavage) followed by “separation” (e.g. solid phase microtitre plates, microparticles or arrays, gel electrophoresis, solution-phase homogenous or semi-homogenous) followed by “detection” (e.g. indirect colorimetric, mass spectrometry, fluorescence, fluorescence resonance energy transfer, fluorescence polarization and chemiluminescence). No single ideal SNP genotyping method exists for all applications, and it is well within the skill of a skilled artisan to determine the most appropriate method given the various parameters, such as sample size and number of SNPs to be analysed.

Example technologies that particularly lend themselves to clinical use and that rely on querying small numbers of SNPs, are fast, sensitive (through amplification of nucleic acid in the sample), one-step, output measured in real-time, able to be multiplexed and automated, comparatively inexpensive, and accurate include, but are not limited to, TaqMan® assays (5′ nuclease assay, Applied Biosystems), molecular beacon probes such as LUX® (Invitrogen) or Scorpion® probes (Sigma Aldrich), and Template Directed Dye Incorporation (TDI, Perkin Elmer). For example, TaqMan® (Applied Biosystems) uses a combination of hybridization with allele-specific probes, solution phase homogenous, and fluorescence resonance energy transfer. The TaqMan® assay relies on forward and reverse primers and Taq DNA polymerase to amplify nucleic acid in conjunction with the 5′-nuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase to degrade a labeled probe designed to bind across the SNP site(s). Reaction, separation and detection can all be performed at the same time and results read in real-time as the reaction proceeds. While such an approach does not lend itself to analyzing large numbers of SNPs simultaneously it is particularly suitable for querying small numbers of SNPs quickly, sensitively and accurately at a reasonable cost.

Although some methods may be more suitable than others, any method known in the art to detect one or more SNPs can be used in the methods described herein to classify and/or identify microbes in a sample Non-limiting examples of such methods are described below.

3.1 Nucleic Acid Sequencing Techniques

In some embodiments, the polymorphism is identified through nucleic acid sequencing techniques. Specifically, amplification products which span a SNP locus can be sequenced using traditional sequence methodologies (e.g., the “dideoxy-mediated chain termination method”, also known as the “Sanger Method” (Sanger, F., et al., (1975) J. Molecular, Biol. 94: 441; Prober et al., 1987, Science, 238: 336-340) and the “chemical degradation method”, also known as the “Maxam-Gilbert method” (Maxam, A. M., et al., (1977) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (U.S.A.) 74: 560), both references herein incorporated by reference to determine the nucleotide occurrence at the SNP loci.

Boyce-Jacino, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,294,336 provides a solid phase sequencing method for determining the sequence of nucleic acid molecules (either DNA or RNA) by utilizing a primer that selectively binds a polynucleotide target at a site wherein the SNP is the most 3′ nucleotide selectively bound to the target. Other sequencing technologies such as Denaturing High Pressure Liquid Chromatography or mass spectroscopy may also be employed.

In other illustrative examples, the sequencing method comprises a technique known as Pyrosequencing™. The approach is based on the generation of pyrophosphate whenever a deoxynucleotide is incorporated during polymerization of DNA. The generation of pyrophosphate is coupled to a luciferase-catalysed reaction resulting in light emission if the particular deoxynucleotide added is incorporated, yielding a quantitative and distinctive pyrogram. Sample processing includes PCR amplification with a biotinylated primer, isolation of the biotinylated single strand amplicon on streptavidin coated beads (or other solid phase) and annealing of a sequencing primer. Samples are then analysed by a Pyrosequence™, which adds a number of enzymes and substrates required for the indicator reaction, including sulfurylase and luciferase, as well as a pyrase for degradation of unincorporated nucleotides. The sample is then interrogated by addition of the four deoxynucleotides. Light emission can be detected by a charge coupled device camera (CCD) and is proportional to the number of nucleotides incorporated. Results are automatically assigned by pattern recognition.

Alternatively, methods of the invention can identify nucleotide occurrences at polymorphic sites within a nucleic acid sequence using a “micro-sequencing” method. Micro-sequencing methods determine the identity of only a single nucleotide at a “predetermined” site. Such methods have particular utility in determining the presence and identity of polymorphisms in a target polynucleotide. Such micro-sequencing methods, as well as other methods for determining the nucleotide occurrence at a polymorphic site are discussed in Boyce-Jacino et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,294,336, incorporated herein by reference.

Micro-sequencing methods include the Genetic Bit Analysis™ method disclosed by Goelet, P. et al. WO 92/15712. Additional, primer-guided, nucleotide incorporation procedures for assaying polymorphic sites in DNA have also been described (Komher, J. S. et al, (1989) Nucl. Acids. Res. 17: 7779-7784; Sokolov, B. P., (1990) Nucl. Acids Res. 18: 3671; Syvanen, A. C, et al., (1990) Genomics, 8: 684-692; Kuppuswamy, M. N. et al., (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (U.S.A.) 88: 1143-1147; Prezant, T. R. et al, (1992) Hum. Mutat. 1: 159-164; Ugozzoli, L. et al., 1992, GATA, 9: 107-112; Nyren, P. et al., (1993) Anal. Biochem. 208: 171-175; and Wallace, WO89/10414). These methods differ from Genetic Bit Analysis™ in that they all rely on the incorporation of labeled deoxynucleotides to discriminate between bases at a polymorphic site. In such a format, since the signal is proportional to the number of deoxynucleotides incorporated, polymorphisms that occur in runs of the same nucleotide can result in signals that are proportional to the length of the run (Syvanen, A. C., et al., (1993) Amer. J. Hum. Genet. 52: 46-59).

Further micro-sequencing methods have been provided by Mundy, C. R. (U.S. Pat. No. 4,656,127) and Cohen, D. et al (French Patent 2,650,840; PCT Publication No. WO91/02087) which involve a solution-based method for determining the identity of a nucleotide of a polymorphic site. As in the Mundy method of U.S. Pat. No. 4,656,127, a primer is employed that is complementary to allelic sequences immediately 3′ to a polymorphic site.

In other illustrative examples, Macevicz (U.S. Pat. No. 5,002,867), for example, describes a method for determining nucleic acid sequences via hybridization with multiple mixtures of oligonucleotide probes. In accordance with such methods, the sequence of a target polynucleotide is determined by permitting the target to sequentially hybridize with sets of probes having an invariant nucleotide at one position, and variant nucleotides at other positions. The Macevicz method determines the nucleotide sequence of the target by hybridizing the target with a set of probes, and then determining the number of sites that at least one member of the set is capable of hybridizing to the target (i.e., the number of “matches”). This procedure is repeated until each member of a set of probes has been tested.

Alternatively, the template-directed dye-terminator incorporation assay with fluorescence polarization detection (FP-TDI) assay (Chen et al., 1999) is a version of the primer extension assay that is also called mini-sequencing or the single base extension assay (Syvanen, 1994). The primer extension assay is capable of detecting SNPs. The DNA sequencing protocol ascertains the nature of the one base immediately 3′ to the SNP-specific sequencing primer that is annealed to the target DNA immediately upstream from the polymorphic site. In the presence of DNA polymerase and the appropriate dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphate (ddNTP), the primer is extended specifically by one base as dictated by the target DNA sequence at the polymorphic site. By determining which ddNTP is incorporated, the allele(s) present in the target DNA can be inferred.

3.2 Polymorphism Hybridization Based Techniques

Hybridization techniques for detecting polymorphisms within a nucleotide sequence can include, but are not restricted to the TaqMan® assay (Applied Biosystems), dot blots, reverse dot blot, Multiplex-allele-specific diagnostic assays (MASDA), Dynamic allele-specific hybridization (DASH) Jobs et al., (Genome Res (2003) 13: 916-924), molecular beacons and Southern blots.

The TaqMan® assay (also known as a 5′ nuclease assay or 5′ digestion assay) for identifying SNPs within a nucleotide sequence is based on the nuclease activity of Taq polymerase that displaces and cleaves the oligonucleotide probes hybridized to the target DNA, generating a fluorescent signal. TaqMan® probes specific for a particular SNP are required, with each probe having different fluorescent dyes attached to the 5′ end and a quencher attached to the 3′ end. When the probes are intact, the quencher interacts with the fluorophore by fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), quenching their fluorescence. During the PCR annealing step, the TaqMan® probes hybridize to the target DNA. In the extension step, the fluorescent dye is cleaved by the nuclease activity of the Taq polymerase, leading to an increase in fluorescence of the reporter dye. Mismatch probes are displaced without fragmentation. The genotype of a sample is determined by measuring the signal intensity of the two different dyes.

Another useful SNP identification method includes DASH (dynamic allele-specific hybridization), which encompasses dynamic tracking of probe (oligonucleotide) to target (PCR product) hybridization as the reaction temperature is steadily increased to identify polymorphisms (Prince, J. A et al., (2001) Genome Res, 11(1): 152-162).

In some embodiments, multiplex-allele-specific diagnostic assays (MASDA) can be used for the analysis of a large number of samples (>500). MASDA utilizes oligonucleotide hybridization to interrogate DNA sequences. Multiplex DNA samples are immobilized on a solid support and a single hybridization is performed with a pool of allele-specific oligonucleotide (ASO) probes. Any probes complementary to specific polymorphisms present in a given sample are in effect affinity purified from the pool by the target DNA. Sequence-specific band patterns (fingerprints), generated by chemical or enzymatic sequencing of the bound ASO(s), easily identify the specific mutation(s).

There are several alternative hybridization-based techniques, including, among others, molecular beacons, and Scorpion® probes (Tyagi, S and Kramer, F. R., (1996) Nat. Biotechnol, 14: 303-308; Thelwell et al., (2000) Nucleic Acid Res. 28(19): 3752-3761). Molecular beacons are comprised of oligonucleotides that have a fluorescent reporter and quencher dyes at their 5′ and 3′ ends. The central portion of the oligonucleotide hybridizes across the target sequence, but the 5′ and 3′ flanking regions are complementary to each other. When not hybridised to their target sequence, the 5′ and 3′ flanking regions hybridise to form a stem-loop structure, and there is little fluorescence because of the proximity of the reporter and quencher dyes. However, upon hybridization to their target sequence, the dyes are separated and there is a large increase in fluorescence. Mismatched probe-target hybrids dissociate at substantially lower temperature than exactly complementary hybrids. There are a number of variations of the “beacon” approach. Scorpion® probes are similar but incorporate a PCR primer sequence as part of the probe. A more recent “duplex” format has also been developed.

In some embodiments, a further method of identifying a SNP comprises the SNP-IT™ method (Orchid BioSciences, Inc., Princeton, N.J.). In general, SNP-IT™ is a 3-step primer extension reaction. In the first step a target polynucleotide is isolated from a sample by hybridization to a capture primer, which provides a first level of specificity. In a second step the capture primer is extended from a terminating nucleotide trisphosphate at the target SNP site, which provides a second level of specificity. In a third step, the extended nucleotide trisphosphate can be detected using a variety of known formats, including: direct fluorescence, indirect fluorescence, an indirect colorimetric assay, mass spectrometry, fluorescence polarization, etc. Reactions can be processed in 384-well format in an automated format using a SNPstream.™ instrument (Orchid BioSciences, Inc., Princeton, N.J.).

In these embodiments, the amplification products can be detected by Southern blot analysis with or without using radioactive probes. In one such method, for example, a small sample of DNA containing a very low level of the nucleic acid sequence of the polymorphic locus is amplified, and analyzed via a Southern blotting technique or similarly, using dot blot analysis. The use of non-radioactive probes or labels is facilitated by the high level of the amplified signal. Alternatively, probes used to detect the amplified products can be directly or indirectly detectably labeled, for example, with a radioisotope, a fluorescent compound, a bioluminescent compound, a chemiluminescent compound, a metal chelator or an enzyme.

Hybridization conditions, such as salt concentration and temperature can be adjusted for the nucleotide sequence to be screened. Southern blotting and hybridizations protocols are described in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley-Interscience), pages 2.9.1-2.9.10. Probes can be labeled for hybridization with random oligomers and the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase. Very high specific activity probes can be obtained using commercially available kits such as the Ready-To-Go DNA Labeling Beads (Pharmacia Biotech), following the manufacturer's protocol. Possible competition of probes having high repeat sequence content, and stringency of hybridization and wash down will be determined individually for each probe used. Alternatively, fragments of a candidate sequence may be generated by PCR, the specificity may be verified using a rodent-human somatic cell hybrid panel, and sub-cloning the fragment. This allows for a large prep for sequencing and use as a probe. Once a given gene fragment has been characterized, small probe preparations can be achieved by gel or column purifying the PCR product.

Suitable materials that can be used in the dot blot, reverse dot blot, multiplex, and MASDA formats are well-known in the art and include, but are not limited to nylon and nitrocellulose membranes.

3.3 Polymorphism Scanning Techniques

Scanning techniques contemplated by the present invention for detecting polymorphisms within a nucleotide sequence can include, but are not restricted to, chemical mismatch cleavage (CMC) (Saleeba, J. A et al., (1992) Huma. Mutat, 1: 63-69), mismatch repair enzymes cleavage (MREC) (Lu, A. L and Hsu, I. C., (1992) Genomics, 14(2): 249-255), chemical cleavage techniques, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) Wartell et al., (1990) Nucl. Acids Res. 18: 2699-2705 and; Sheffield et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86: 232-236), temperature gradient gel electrophoresis (TGGE) (Salimullah, et al., (2005) Cellular and Mol. Biol. Letts, 10: 237-245), constant denaturant gel electrophoresis (CDGE), single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis (Kumar, D et al., (2006) Genet. Mol. Biol, 29(2): 287-289), heteroduplex analysis (HA) (Nagamine, C. M et al., (1989) Am. J. Hum. Genet, 45: 337-339), microsatellite marker analysis and single strand polymorphism assays (SSPA).

In some embodiments, the SNPs of the present invention are detected through CMC, wherein a radiolabeled DNA wild type sequence (probe) is hybridized to an amplified sequence containing the putative alteration to form a heteroduplex. A chemical modification, followed by piperidine cleavage, is used to remove the mismatch bubble in the heteroduplex. Gel electrophoresis of the denatured heteroduplex and autoradiography allow visualizing the cleavage product. Osmium tetroxide is used for the modification of mispaired thymidines and hydroxylamine for mismatched cytosines. Additionally, labeling the antisense strand of the probe DNA allows the detection of adenosine and guanosine mismatches. The chemical cleavage of mismatch can be used to detect almost 100% of mutations in long DNA fragments. Moreover, this method provides the precise characterization and the exact location of the mutation within the tested fragment. Recently, the method has been amended to make CMC more suitable for automation by using fluorescent primers also enabling multiplexing and thereby reducing the number of manipulations. Alternatively, fluorescently labeled dUTPs incorporated via PCR allow the internal labeling of both target and probe DNA strands and therefore labeling of each possible hybrid, doubling the chances of mutation detection and virtually guaranteeing 100% detection.

In other embodiments, the mismatch repair enzymes cleavage (MREC) assay is used to identify SNPs of the present invention. MREC relies on nicking enzyme systems specific for mismatch-containing DNA. The sequence of interest is amplified by PCR and homo- and heteroduplex species may be generated at the end of the PCR, by denaturing and allowing to re-anneal the amplified products. These hybrids are treated with mismatch repair enzymes and then analysed by denaturing gel electrophoresis. The MREC assay makes use of three mismatch repair enzymes. The MutY endonuclease removes adenines from the mismatches and is useful to detect both A/T and C/G transversions and G/C and T/A transitions. Mammalian thymine glycosylase removes thymines from T/G, T/C, and T/T mismatches and is useful to detect G/C and A/T transitions as well as A/T and G/C and T/A and A/T transversions. The all-type endonuclease or topoisomerase I from human or calf thymus can recognize all eight mismatches and can be used to scan any nucleotide substitution. MREC can use specific labels which can be incorporated into both DNA strands, thus allowing all four possible nucleotide substitutions in a give site to be identified.

In some embodiments, chemical cleavage analysis as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,217,863 (by R. G. H. Cotton) is used for identifying SNPs within nucleotide sequences. Like heteroduplex analysis, chemical cleavage detects different properties that result when mismatched allelic sequences hybridize with each other. Instead of detecting this difference as an altered migration rate on a gel, the difference is detected in altered susceptibility of the hybrid to chemical cleavage using, for example, hydroxylamine, or osmium tetroxide, followed by piperidine.

Among the cleavage methods contemplated by the present invention, RNAse A relies on the principle of heteroduplex mismatch analysis. In the RNAse A cleavage method, RNA-DNA heteroduplex between radiolabeled riboprobe and a DNA, obtained by PCR amplification, is enzymatically cleaved by RNAse A, by exploiting the ability of RNAse A to cleave single-stranded RNA at the points of mismatches in RNA:DNA hybrids. This is followed by electrophoresis and autoradiography. The presence and location of a mutation are indicated by a cleavage product of a given size (Meyers, R. M et al., (1985) Science, 230: 1242-1246 and; Gibbs, R. A and Caskey, T, 1987, Science, 236: 303-305).

DNA probes also can be used to detect mismatches, through enzymatic or chemical cleavage. See, e.g., Cotton, et al., (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 4397; Shenk et al., (1975) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 72: 989; and Novack et al., (1986) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 586.

In some embodiments, the Invader® assay (Third Wave™ Technology) is employed to scan for polymorphisms within the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA genes of the present invention. For example, the Invader® assay is based on the specificity of recognition, and cleavage, by a Flap endonuclease, of the three dimensional structure formed when two overlapping oligonucleotides hybridize perfectly to a target DNA (Lyamichev, V et al., (1999) Nat Biotechnol, 17: 292-296).

Alternatively, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) is a useful technique to separate and identify sequence variants. DGGE is typically performed in constant-concentration polyacrylamide gel slabs, cast in the presence of linearly increasing amounts of a denaturing agent (usually formamide and urea, cathode to anode). A variant of DGGE employs temperature gradients along the migration path and is known as TGGE. Separation by DGGE or TGGE is based on the fact that the electrophoretic mobility in a gel of a partially melted DNA molecule is greatly reduced as compared to an unmelted molecule.

In some embodiments, constant denaturant gel electrophoresis (CDGE) is useful for detecting SNPs within a nucleotide sequence, as described in detail in Smith-Sorenson et al., (1993) Human Mutation 2: 274-285 (see also, Anderson & Borreson, (1995) Diagnostic Molecular Pathology 4: 203-211). A given DNA duplex melts in a predetermined, characteristic fashion in a gel of a constant denaturant. Mutations alter this movement. An abnormally migrating fragment is isolated and sequenced to determine the specific mutation.

In other embodiments, single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis provides a method for detecting SNPs of the present invention. SSCP is a method based on a change in mobility of separated single-strand DNA molecules in non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. Electrophoretic mobility depends on both size and shape of a molecule, and single-stranded DNA molecules fold back on themselves and generate secondary structures, which are determined by intra-molecular interactions in a sequence dependent manner. A single nucleotide substitution can alter the secondary structure and, consequently, the electrophoretic mobility of the single strands, resulting in band shifts on autoradiographs. The ability of a given nucleotide variation to alter the conformation of the single strands is not predictable on the basis of an adequate theoretical model and base changes occurring in a loop or in a long stable stem of the secondary structure might not be detected by SSCP. Standard SSCP reaches maximal reliability in detecting sequence alterations in fragments of 150-200 bp. More advanced protocols, allowing the detection of mutations at sensitivity equal to that of the radioactively-based SSCP analysis, have been developed. These methods use fluorescence-labeled primers in the PCR and analyze the products with a fluorescence-based automated sequencing machine. Multi-colour fluorescent SSCP also allows including an internal standard in every lane, which can be used to compare data from each lane with respect to each other. Other variants to increase the detection rate include a dideoxy sequencing approach based on dideoxy fingerprinting (ddF) and restriction endonuclease fingerprinting (REF).

The ddF method is a combination of SSCP and Sanger dideoxy sequencing, which involves non-denaturing gel electrophoresis of a Sanger sequencing reaction with one dideoxynucleotide. In this way, for example, a 250-bp fragment can be screened to identify a SNP. REF is a more complex modification of SSCP allowing the screening of more than 1 kb fragments. For REF, a target sequence is amplified with PCR, digested independently with five to six different restriction endonucleases and analyzed by SSCP on a non-denaturing gel. In the case of six restriction enzymes being used, a sequence variation will be present in six different restriction fragments, thus generating 12 different single-stranded segments. A mobility shift in any one of these fragments is sufficient to pinpoint the presence of a SNP of the invention. The restriction pattern obtained enables localization of an alteration in the region examined.

In some embodiments, heteroduplex analysis (HA) detects single base substitutions in PCR products or nucleotide sequences. HA can be rapidly performed without radioisotopes or specialized equipment. The HA method takes advantage of the formation of heteroduplexes between sequences with differing nucleotides at one or more positions by heating and renaturing of PCR products. Due to a more open double-stranded configuration surrounding the mismatched bases, heteroduplexes migrate slower than their corresponding homoduplexes, and are then detected as bands of reduced mobility. The ability of a particular single base substitution to be detected by the HA method cannot be predicted merely by knowing the mismatched bases since the adjacent nucleotides have a substantial effect on the configuration of the mismatched region and length-based separation will clearly miss nucleotide substitutions. Optimization of the temperature, gel cross-linking and concentration of acrylamide used as well as glycerol and sucrose enhance the resolution of mutated samples. The HA method can be rapidly performed without radioisotopes or specialized equipment and screens large numbers of samples for known mutations and polymorphisms in sequenced genes. When HA is used in combination with SSCP, up to 100% of all alterations in a DNA fragment can be easily detected.

In some embodiments, the use of proteins that recognize nucleotide mismatches, such as the E. coli mutS protein can be used to detect a polymorphism within 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA of the present invention (Modrich, (1991) Ann. Rev. Genet. 25: 229-253). In the mutS assay, the protein binds only to sequences that contain a nucleotide mismatch in a heteroduplex between two sequences.

In further embodiments, polymorphism detection can be performed using microsatellite marker analysis. Microsatellite markers with an average genome spacing, for example of about 10 centimorgans (cM) can be employed using standard DNA isolation methods known in the art.

SSPA analysis and the closely related heteroduplex analysis methods described above may be used for screening for single-base polymorphisms (Orita, M. et al., (1989) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 86: 2766).

3.4 Nucleotide Arrays and Gene Chips for Polymorphism Analysis

The invention further contemplates methods of identifying SNPs through the use of an array of oligonucleotides, wherein discrete positions on the array are complementary to one or more of the sequences containing the SNPs of the present invention, e.g. oligonucleotides of at least 12 nt, at least about 15 nt, at least about 18 nt, at least about 20 nt, or at least about 25 nt, or longer, and including the sequence flanking the polymorphic position. Such an array may comprise a series of oligonucleotides, each of which can specifically hybridize to a different polymorphism. For examples of arrays, see Hacia et al. (1996, Nat. Genet. 14: 441-447 and De Risi et al., (1996, Nat. Genet. 14: 457-460).

A nucleotide array can include all or a subset of the polymorphisms of the invention, as required. One or more polymorphic forms may be present in the array. The oligonucleotide sequence on the array is generally at least about 12 nt in length, at least about 15 nt, at least about 18 nt, at least about 20 nt, or at least about 25 nt, or more, such as 100 to 200 nt in length. For examples of arrays, see Ramsay (1998, Nature Biotech. 16: 40-44; Hacia et al., (1996, Nature Genetics 14: 441-447; Lockhart et al., (1996, Nature Biotechnol. 14:1675-1680; and De Risi et al., (1996, Nature Genetics 14: 457-460).

A number of methods are available for creating micro-arrays of biological samples, such as arrays of DNA samples to be used in DNA hybridization assays. Examples of such arrays are discussed in detail in PCT Application number. WO95/35505 (1995); U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934, (1995); and Drmanac et al., (1993, Science 260:1649-1652). Yershov et al., (1996, Genetics 93: 4913-4918) describe an alternative construction of an oligonucleotide array. The construction and use of oligonucleotide arrays are reviewed by Ramsay (1998) supra.

Methods of using high-density oligonucleotide arrays for identifying polymorphisms within nucleotide sequences are known in the art. For example, Milosavljevic et al., (1996, Genomics 37: 77-86) describe DNA sequence recognition by hybridization to short oligomers. See also, Drmanac et al., (1998, Nature Biotech. 16: 54-58; and Drmanac and Drmanac, 1999, Methods Enzymol. 303: 165-178). The use of arrays for identification of unknown mutations is proposed by Ginot, (1997, Human Mutation 10: 1-10).

Detection of known mutations is described in Hacia et al. (1996, Nat. Genet. 14: 441-447; Cronin et al., (1996) Human Mut. 7: 244-255; and others. The use of arrays in genetic mapping is discussed in Chee et al., (1996, Science 274: 610-613; Sapolsky and Lishutz, 1996, Genomics 33: 445-456; and Shoemaker et al., 1996, Nat. Genet. 14: 450-456) perform quantitative phenotypic analysis of yeast deletion mutants using a parallel bar-coding strategy.

Quantitative monitoring of gene expression patterns with a complementary DNA microarray is described in Schena et al., (1995, Science 270: 467; DeRisi et al., 1997, Science 270: 680-686) explore gene expression on a genomic scale. Wodicka et al., (1997, Nat. Biotech. 15: 1-15) perform genome wide expression monitoring in S. cerevisiae.

High-density microarrays of oligonucleotides are known in the art and are commercially available. The sequence of oligonucleotides on the array will correspond to a known target sequences. The length of oligonucleotide present on the array is an important factor in how sensitive hybridization will be to the presence of a mismatch. Usually oligonucleotides will be at least about 12 nt in length, more usually at least about 15 nt in length, preferably at least about 20 nt in length and more preferably at least about 25 nt in length, and will be not longer than about 35 nt in length, usually not more than about 30 nt in length.

Methods of producing large arrays of oligonucleotides are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,134,854 (Pirrung et al.), and U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934 (Fodor et al.) using light-directed synthesis techniques. Using a computer-controlled system, a heterogeneous array of monomers is converted, through simultaneous coupling at a number of reaction sites, into a heterogeneous array of polymers. Alternatively, microarrays are generated by deposition of pre-synthesized oligonucleotides onto a solid substrate, for example as described in International Publication WO 95/35505.

Microarrays can be scanned to detect hybridization of the labeled genome samples. Methods and devices for detecting fluorescently marked targets on devices are known in the art. Generally such detection devices include a microscope and light source for directing light at a substrate. A photon counter detects fluorescence from the substrate, while an x-y translation stage varies the location of the substrate. A confocal detection device that may be used in the subject methods is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,734. A scanning laser microscope is described in Shalon et al. (1996, Genome Res. 6: 639). A scan, using the appropriate excitation line, is performed for each fluorophore used. The digital images generated from the scan are then combined for subsequent analysis. For any particular array element, the ratio of the fluorescent signal from one nucleic acid sample is compared to the fluorescent signal from the other nucleic acid sample, and the relative signal intensity determined.

Methods for analyzing the data collected by fluorescence detection are known in the art. Data analysis includes the steps of determining fluorescent intensity as a function of substrate position from the data collected, removing outliers, i.e., data deviating from a predetermined statistical distribution, and calculating the relative binding affinity of the targets from the remaining data. The resulting data may be displayed as an image with the intensity in each region varying according to the binding affinity between targets and probes.

Nucleic acid analysis via microchip technology is also applicable to the present invention. In this technique, thousands of distinct oligonucleotide probes can be applied in an array on a silicon chip. A nucleic acid to be analyzed is fluorescently labeled and hybridized to the probes on the chip. It is also possible to study nucleic acid-protein interactions using these nucleic acid microchips. Using this technique one can determine the presence of mutations, sequence the nucleic acid being analyzed, or measure expression levels of a gene of interest. The method is one of parallel processing of many, even thousands, of probes at once and can tremendously increase the rate of analysis.

Alteration of mRNA transcription can be detected by any techniques known to persons of ordinary skill in the art. These include Northern blot analysis, PCR amplification and RNase protection. Diminished mRNA transcription indicates an alteration of the sequence.

The array/chip technology has already been applied with success in numerous cases. For example, the screening of mutations has been undertaken in the BRCA 1 gene, in S. cerevisiae mutant strains, and in the protease gene of HIV-1 virus (Hacia et al., 1996; Shoemaker et al., 1996; Kozal et al., 1996). Chips of various formats for use in detecting SNPs can be produced on a customized basis.

An array-based tiling strategy useful for detecting SNPs is described in EP 785280. Briefly, arrays may generally be “tiled” for a large number of specific polymorphisms. “Tiling” refers to the synthesis of a defined set of oligonucleotide probes that are made up of a sequence complementary to the target sequence of interest, as well as preselected variations of that sequence, e.g., substitution of one or more given positions with one or more members of the basis set of monomers, i.e., nucleotides. Tiling strategies are further described in PCT application No. WO 95/11995. In some embodiments, arrays are tiled for a number of specific SNPs. In particular, the array is tiled to include a number of detection blocks, each detection block being specific for a specific SNP or a set of SNPs. For example, a detection block may be tiled to include a number of probes that span the sequence segment that includes a specific SNP. To ensure probes that are complementary to each allele, the probes are synthesized in pairs differing at the SNP position. In addition to the probes differing at the SNP position, monosubstituted probes are also generally tiled within the detection block. Such methods can readily be applied to the SNP information disclosed herein.

These monosubstituted probes have bases at and up to a certain number of bases in either direction from the polymorphism, substituted with the remaining nucleotides (selected from A, T, G, C and U). Typically, the probes in a tiled detection block will include substitutions of the sequence positions up to and including those that are 5 bases away from the SNP. The monosubstituted probes provide internal controls for the tiled array, to distinguish actual hybridization from artifactual cross-hybridization. Upon completion of hybridization with the target sequence and washing of the array, the array is scanned to determine the position on the array to which the target sequence hybridizes. The hybridization data from the scanned array is then analyzed to identify which allele or alleles of the SNP are present in the sample Hybridization and scanning may be carried out as described in PCT application No. WO 92/10092 and WO 95/11995 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,424,186.

Thus, in some embodiments, the chips may comprise an array of nucleic acid sequences of fragments of about 15 nucleotides in length and the sequences complementary thereto, or a fragment thereof, the fragment comprising at least about 8 consecutive nucleotides, preferably 10, 15, 20, more preferably 25, 30, 40, 47, or 50 consecutive nucleotides and containing a polymorphic base. In some embodiments the polymorphic base is within 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotides from the center of the polynucleotide, more preferably at the center of the polynucleotide. In other embodiments, the chip may comprise an array containing any number of polynucleotides of the present invention.

An oligonucleotide may be synthesized on the surface of the substrate by using a chemical coupling procedure and an ink jet application apparatus, as described in PCT application WO95/251116 (Baldeschwieler et al.). In another aspect, a “gridded” array analogous to a dot (or slot) blot may be used to arrange and link cDNA fragments or oligonucleotides to the surface of a substrate using a vacuum system, thermal, UV, mechanical or chemical bonding procedures. An array, such as those described above, may be produced by hand or by using available devices (slot blot or dot blot apparatus), materials (any suitable solid support), and machines (including robotic instruments), and may contain 8, 24, 96, 384, 1536, 6144 or more oligonucleotides, or any other number which lends itself to the efficient use of commercially available instrumentation.

Using such arrays, the present invention provides methods of identifying the SNPs of the present invention in a sample. Such methods comprise incubating a test sample with an array comprising one or more oligonucleotide probes corresponding to at least one SNP position of the present invention, and assaying for binding of a nucleic acid from the test sample with one or more of the oligonucleotide probes. Such assays will typically involve arrays comprising oligonucleotide probes corresponding to many SNP positions and/or allelic variants of those SNP positions, at least one of which is a SNP of the present invention.

Conditions for incubating a nucleic acid molecule with a test sample vary. Incubation conditions depend on the format employed in the assay, the detection methods employed, and the type and nature of the nucleic acid molecule used in the assay. One skilled in the art will recognize that any one of the commonly available hybridization, amplification or array assay formats can readily be adapted to employ the novel SNPs disclosed herein. Examples of such assays can be found in Chard, T, An Introduction to Radioimmunoassay and Related Techniques, Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (1986); Bullock, G. R. et al., Techniques in Immunocytochemistry, Academic Press, Orlando, Fla. Vol. 1 (I 982), Vol. 2 (1983), Vol. 3 (1985); Tijssen, P., Practice and Theory of Enzyme Immunoassays: Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (1985).

Multicomponent integrated systems may also be used to analyze SNPs. Such systems miniaturize and compartmentalize processes such as PCR and capillary electrophoresis reactions in a single functional device. An example of such technique is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,589,136, which describes the integration of PCR amplification and capillary electrophoresis in chips.

Integrated systems can be envisaged mainly when micro-fluidic systems are used. These systems comprise a pattern of micro-channels designed onto a glass, silicon, quartz, or plastic wafer included on a microchip. The movements of the samples are controlled by electric, electro-osmotic or hydrostatic forces applied across different areas of the microchip to create functional microscopic valves and pumps with no moving parts. Varying the voltage controls the liquid flow at intersections between the micro-machined channels and changes the liquid flow rate for pumping across different sections of the microchip.

For genotyping SNPs, the microfluidic system may integrate, for example, nucleic acid amplification, mini-sequencing primer extension, capillary electrophoresis, and a detection method such as laser induced fluorescence detection.

In a first step, the DNA samples are amplified, preferably by PCR. Then, the amplification products are subjected to automated mini-sequencing reactions using ddNTPs (specific fluorescence for each ddNTP) and the appropriate oligonucleotide mini-sequencing primers which hybridize just upstream of the targeted polymorphic base. Once the extension at the 3′ end is completed, the primers are separated from the unincorporated fluorescent ddNTPs by capillary electrophoresis. The separation medium used in capillary electrophoresis can be, for example, polyacrylamide, polyethyleneglycol or dextran. The incorporated ddNTPs in the single nucleotide primer extension products are identified by laser-induced fluorescence detection. This microchip can be used to process at least 96 to 384 samples, or more, in parallel.

3.5 Extension Based Techniques for the Detection of Polymorphisms

Extension based techniques for detecting polymorphisms within a nucleotide sequence can include, but are not restricted to allele-specific amplification, also known as the amplification refractory mutation system (ARMS) as disclosed in European Patent Application Publication No. 0332435 and in Newton et al., (1989, Nucl. Acids Res. 17: 2503-2516), and cloning of polymorphisms (COPS) as contemplated by Gibbs et al., (1989, Nucleic Acids Research, 17: 2347).

The extension-based technique, ARMS, uses allele specific oligonucleotide (ASO) PCR primers for genotyping. In this approach, one of the two oligonucleotide primers used for PCR is designed to bind to the polymorphic site, most commonly with the 3′ end of the primer targeting the site. Under carefully controlled conditions (annealing temperature, magnesium concentration etc.), amplification only takes place if the nucleotide at the 3′ end of the PCR primer is complementary to the base at the polymorphic site, with a mismatch being “refractory” to amplification.

A variation of the ARMS approach, termed mutagenically separated PCR (MS-PCR), comprises two ARMS primers of different lengths, each specific for different polymorphisms at a site. This method yields PCR products of different lengths for the different polymorphisms.

3.6 Ligation Based Assays for Detecting Polymorphisms

Another typical method of SNP detection encompasses the oligonucleotide ligation assay. A number of approaches make use of DNA ligase, an enzyme that can join two adjacent oligonucleotides hybridized to a DNA template. The specificity of the approach comes from the requirement for a perfect match between the hybridized oligonucleotides and the DNA template at the ligation site. In the oligonucleotide ligation assay (OLA), or ligase chain reaction (LCR) assay the sequence surrounding the mutation site is first amplified, and one strand serves as a template for three ligation probes, two of these are allele specific oligonucleotides (ASO) and the third a common probe. Numerous approaches can be used for the detection of the ligated products. For example, the two ASOs can be differentially labeled with fluorescent or hapten labels and ligated products detected by fluorimetric or colorimetric enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, respectively. For electrophoresis-based systems, use of mobility modifier tags or variation in probe lengths coupled with fluorescence detection enables the multiplex genotyping of several single nucleotide substitutions in a single tube. When used on arrays, ASOs can be spotted at specific locations or addresses on a chip. PCR amplified DNA can then be added and ligation to labeled oligonucleotides at specific addresses on the array can be measured.

3.7 Signal Generating Polymorphism Detection Assays

In some embodiments, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is contemplated as a method to identify a polymorphism within the 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA genes. FRET occurs due to the interaction between the electronic excited states of two dye molecules. The excitation is transferred from one (the donor) dye molecule to the other (the acceptor) dye molecule without emission of a photon. This is distance-dependent, that is the donor and the acceptor dye must be in close proximity. The hybridization probe system consists of two oligonucleotides labeled with fluorescent dyes. The hybridization probe pair is designed to hybridize to adjacent regions on the target DNA. Each probe is labeled with a different marker dye. Interaction of the two dyes can only occur when both are bound to their target. The donor probe is labeled with fluorophore at the 3′ end and the acceptor probe at the 5′ end. During PCR, the two different oligonucleotides hybridize to adjacent regions of the target DNA such that the fluorophores, which are coupled to the oligonucleotides, are in close proximity in the hybrid structure. The donor fluorophore (F1) is excited by an external light source, and then passes part of its excitation energy to the adjacent acceptor fluorophore (F2). The excited acceptor fluorophore (F2) emits light at a different wavelength which can then be detected and measured for molecular proximity.

In other embodiments, the MagSNiPer method, based on single base extension, magnetic separation, and chemiluminescence provides a further method for SNP identification in a nucleotide sequence. Single base nucleotide extension reaction is performed with a biotinylated primer whose 3′ terminus is contiguous to the SNP site with a tag-labeled ddNTP. Then the primers are captured by magnetic-coated beads with streptavidin, and unincorporated labeled ddNTP is removed by magnetic separation. The magnetic beads are incubated with anti-tag antibody conjugated with alkaline phosphatase. After the removal of excess conjugates by magnetic separation, SNP typing is performed by measuring chemiluminescence. The incorporation of labeled ddNTP is monitored by chemiluminescence induced by alkaline phosphatase.

In some embodiments, fluorescence polarization provides a method for identifying polymorphisms within a nucleotide sequence. For example, amplified DNA containing a polymorphic is incubated with oligonucleotide primers (designed to hybridize to the DNA template adjacent to the polymorphic site) in the presence of allele-specific dye-labeled dideoxyribonucleoside triphosphates and a commercially available modified Taq DNA polymerase. The primer is extended by the dye-terminator specific for the allele present on the template, increasing approximately 10-fold the molecular weight of the fluorophore. At the end of the reaction, the fluorescence polarization of the two dye-terminators in the reaction mixture is analyzed directly without separation or purification. This homogeneous DNA diagnostic method is shown to be highly sensitive and specific and is suitable for automated genotyping of large number of samples.

In other embodiments, surface enhanced Raman scattering can be used as a method for detecting and identifying single base differences in double stranded DNA fragments. Chumanov, G. “Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS) for Discovering and Scoring Single Based Differences in DNA” Proc. Volume SPIE, 3608 (1999). SERS has also been used for single molecule detection. Kneipp, K, (1997, Physical Review Letters, 78(9): 1667-1670). SERS results in strongly increased Raman signals from molecules that have been attached to nanometer sized metallic structures.

Illustrative examples include a genotyping method discussed by Xiao and Kwok (2003, Genome Research, 13(5): 932-939) based on a primer extension assay with fluorescence quenching as the detection. The template-directed dye-terminator incorporation with fluorescence quenching detection (FQ-TDI) assay is based on the observation that the intensity of fluorescent dye R110- and R6G-labeled acycloterminators is universally quenched once they are incorporated onto a DNA oligonucleotide primer. By comparing the rate of fluorescence quenching of the two allelic dyes in real time, the frequency of SNPs in DNA samples can be measured. The kinetic FQ-TDI assay is highly accurate and reproducible both in genotyping and in allele frequency estimation.

4. Primers, Probes, Kits and Processing Systems

The present invention provides probes and primer that may be used in the methods described herein to determine SNPs at one or more positions of the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA genes so as to classify and/or identify microorganisms in a sample. In some instances, use of the primers and probes in the methods of the invention facilitate quantitation of the microorganisms.

The primers and probes of the present invention hybridize to at least a portion of the 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA gene (or 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA molecules or DNA copies thereof) containing the SNP position(s). For example, the primers may hybridize to a sequence flanking one or more SNPs, and the probe may hybridize to a sequence that includes one or more SNPs. It is well within the skill of a skilled artisan to design appropriate primers and probes for use in the methods of the present invention, based on the known sequences of the 16S rRNA and 5.8S rRNA genes.

Non-limiting examples of primers and probes that are useful for the methods of the present invention, in which SNPs in the 16S rRNA of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis pathogens at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 278, 286 and/or 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 are analyzed, include those described in Example 6. For example, to detect SNPs at positions 396 and 398, exemplary probe sequences include GCAACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:4) and GCGACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:5) for Gram-positive bacteria, and GCCAAGTAGCGT (SEQ ID NO:6) and GCCATGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:7) for Gram-negative bacteria, an exemplary forward primers from both Gram-positive and -negative bacteria includes ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT (SEQ ID NO:8); and exemplary reverse primers include GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG (SEQ ID NO:9) for Gram-negative and GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG (SEQ ID NO:10) for Gram-positive bacteria. To detect SNPs at positions 278 and 286, exemplary probe sequences include GCGATGATCAGTAG (SEQ ID NO:11), GCTATGACGCTTAA (SEQ ID NO:12), GCTTTGACGCATAA (SEQ ID NO:13), GCTATGACGGGTAT (SEQ ID NO:14), GCAATGATCAGTAG (SEQ ID:15) and GTTTTGACGTCTAG (SEQ ID:16) for Gram-negative and GCAACGATGCATAG (SEQ ID NO:17), GCAACGATGCGTAG (SEQ ID NO:18) and GCCACGATACATAG (SEQ ID NO:19) for Gram-positive bacteria; exemplary forward primer sequences include: TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGTC (SEQ ID NO:20), TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW (SEQ ID NO:21) and TAARRGATCAGCCTATGTC (SEQ ID NO:22) for Gram-negative and TGATGGATGGACCCGCGGT (SEQ ID NO:24) for Gram-positive bacteria; and exemplary reverse primer sequences include ATGAACGGCCACATTGG (SEQ ID NO:25), ATGATCAGTCACACTGG (SEQ ID NO:26) and GTGAWCGGACACACTGG (SEQ ID NO:27) for Gram-negative and GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT (SEQ ID NO:28) for Gram-positive bacteria. To detect SNPs at position 648, exemplary probes include CTGCTGATCTAGAG (SEQ ID NO:29) for Gram-negative bacteria and CTGGAAAACTTGAG (SEQ ID NO:30) and CTGGGAGACTTGAG (SEQ ID NO:31) for Gram-positive bacteria; exemplary forward primer sequences include TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATGGA (SEQ ID NO:32) for Gram-negative bacteria and CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTGGA (SEQ ID NO:33) for Gram-positive bacteria; and exemplary reverse primer sequences include TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATTCC (SEQ ID NO:34) for Gram-negative and CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC (SEQ ID NO:35) for Gram-positive bacteria. Additional non-limiting examples of primers and probes to differentiate Gram-negative bacteria include those in Table 21, and additional non-limiting examples of primers and probes to differentiate Gram-positive bacteria include those in Table 22. Such primers and probes are particularly suitable for assays such as the TaqMan® assay.

TABLE 21

SNP
Forward primer
Probe
Reverse primer
Bacteria

278 and
TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW
GCTATGACGCTTAA
ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

C. coli, C.

286
(SEQ ID NO: 41)
(SEQ ID NO: 42)
(SEQ ID NO: 43)

jejuni, C. lari

TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW
GCTTTGACGCATAA
ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

C. fetus

(SEQ ID NO: 44)
(SEQ ID NO: 45)
(SEQ ID NO: 46)

TAARRGATCAGCCTATGTC
GCTATGACGGGTAT
GTGAWCGGACACACTGG

H. cinaedi, H.

(SEQ ID NO: 47)
(SEQ ID NO: 48)
(SEQ ID NO: 49)

pylori

CATCAGATGTGCCCAGATG
GCGACGATCCCTAG
ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

E. cloacae, S.

(SEQ ID NO: 50)
(SEQ ID NO: 51)
(SEQ ID NO: 52)

enterica, K.

pneumoniae, S.

marcescens, E.

coli,

TATCGGATGAACCCATATG
GCGACGATCTCTAG
ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

P. mirabilis

(SEQ ID NO: 53)
(SEQ ID NO: 54)
(SEQ ID NO: 55)

TATTCGAGCGGCCGATATC
CCTGCGATCTCTAG
ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

H. influenzae

(SEQ ID NO: 56)
(SEQ ID NO: 57)
(SEQ ID NO: 58)

TATCAGATGAGCCTAGGTC
GCGACGATCCGTAA
ATGATCAGTCACACTGG

P. aeruginosa

(SEQ ID NO: 59)
(SEQ ID NO: 60)
(SEQ ID NO: 61)

TATTCGAGCGGCCGATATC
GCGACGATCAGTAG
ATGACCAGCCACACTGG

N. meningitidis

(SEQ ID NO: 62)
(SEQ ID NO: 63)
(SEQ ID NO: 64)

TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGT
GCGATGATCAGTAG
ATGAACGGCCACATTGG

V. atypica, V

C (SEQ ID NO: 65)
(SEQ ID NO: 66)
(SEQ ID NO: 67)

dispar, V.

parvula, V.

denticariosi, V.

montpellierensis

TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGT
GCAATGATCAGTAG
ATGAACGGCCACATTGG

V. rogosae

C (SEQ ID NO: 68)
(SEQ ID NO: 69)
(SEQ ID NO: 70)

TTAAGGGAGAGTCTATGG
GTTTTGACGTCTAG
TTGACCGCCAACACTGG

C. abortus

G (SEQ ID NO: 71)
(SEQ ID NO: 72)
(SEQ ID NO: 73)

TAAAGGATGGGGATGCGT
CCTTCGATGGATAG
AAGGTCCCCCACATTGG

B. fragilis

T (SEQ ID NO: 74)
(SEQ ID NO: 75)
(SEQ ID NO: 76)

396 and
ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGC
GCAACGCCGCGT
GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATAC

C. coli, C.

398
AGT (SEQ ID NO: 77)
(SEQ ID NO: 78)
G (SEQ ID NO: 79)

jejuni, C. lari,

C. fetus, H.

cindaedi, H.

pylori, V.

atypica, V.

rogosae, V.

dispar, V.

parvula, V.

denticariosi, V.

montpellierensis,

C. abortus,

ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGC
GCCAAGTAGCGT
GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATAC

B. fragilis

AGT (SEQ ID NO: 80)
(SEQ ID NO: 81)
G (SEQ ID NO: 82)

ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGC
GCCATGCCGCGT
GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATAC

E. cloacae, S.

AGT (SEQ ID NO: 83)
(SEQ ID NO: 84)
G (SEQ ID NO: 85)

enterica, K.

pneumoniae, S.

marcescens, E.

coli, P.

mirabilis,

648
TAACCATTAAACTGCTTGA
CTGATAATCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

C. coli

GA (SEQ ID NO: 86)
(SEQ ID NO: 87)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 88)

TAACCGTTGAACTGCTTGG
CTGGTAATCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

C. lari

GA (SEQ ID NO: 89)
(SEQ ID NO: 90)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 91)

TAACTACAGAACTGCATTT
CTGACTATCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

C. jejuni

GA (SEQ ID NO: 92)
(SEQ ID NO: 93)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 94)

TAACCATAGAACTGCATTT
CTACTATTCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

C. fetus

GA (SEQ ID NO: 95)
(SEQ ID NO: 69)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 97)

TAACTACAGAACTGCATTT
CTGACTATCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

H. cinaedi

GA (SEQ ID NO: 98)
(SEQ ID NO: 99)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 100)

TAACTACAGAACTGCATTT
CTACTATTCTAGAG
DGGGAGAGGYAGRTGGAAT

H. pylori

GA (SEQ ID NO: 101)
(SEQ ID NO: 102)
TSG (SEQ ID NO: 103)

CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTT
CTGGCAGGCTGGAG
TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT

E. cloacae

GA (SEQ ID NO: 104)
(SEQ ID NO: 105)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 106)

CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTC
CTGGCAGGCTTGAG
TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT

S. enterica, K.

GA (SEQ ID NO: 107)
(SEQ ID NO: 108)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 109)

pneumoniae

CAACCTGGGAACTGCATTT
CTGGCAAGCTAGAG
TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT

S. marcescens

GA (SEQ ID NO: 110)
(SEQ ID NO: 111)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 112)

CAACCTGGGAACTGCATCT
CTGGCAAGCTTGAG
TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT

E. coli

GA (SEQ ID NO: 113)
(SEQ ID NO: 114)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 115)

CAACCTGGGAACTGCATCC
CTACTGAGCTAGAG
CGGTAGAGGGTGGTGGAATT

P. aeruginosa

AA (SEQ ID NO: 116)
(SEQ ID NO: 117)
TC (SEQ ID NO: 118)

TAACTTGGGAATTGCATCT
CTGGTTGGCTAGAG
TYGTAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT

P. mirabilis

GA (SEQ ID NO: 119)
(SEQ ID NO: 120)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 121)

TAACCTAGGAATTGCATTT
CTGGGTAACTAGAG
CTTTAGGGAGGGGTAGAATT

H. influenzae

CA (SEQ ID NO: 122)
(SEQ ID NO: 123)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 124)

CAACCCGGGAACTGCGTTC
CTGGGTGACTCGAG
TGTCAGAGGGAGGTAGAATT

N. meningitidis

TG (SEQ ID NO: 125)
(SEQ ID NO: 126)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 127)

TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATG
CTGCTGATCTAGAG
TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATT

V. alypica, V.

GA (SEQ ID NO: 128)
(SEQ ID NO: 129)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 130)

rogosae, V.

parvula, V.

denticariosi

TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATG
CTGCCAATCTAGAG
TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATT

V. dispar

GA (SEQ ID NO: 131)
(SEQ ID NO: 132)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 133)

CAACCCCAAGCCAGCATCT
CTATCTTTCTAGAG
TAGATGGAGAAAAGGGAATT

C. abortus

AA (SEQ ID NO: 134)
(SEQ ID NO: 135)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 136)

CAACCGTAAAATTGCAGTT
CTGTCAGTCTTGAG
CAGTAGAGGTGGGCGGAATT

B. fragilis

GA (SEQ ID NO: 137)
(SEQ ID NO: 138)
CG (SEQ ID NO: 139)

TABLE 22

SNP
Forward primer
Probe
Reverse primer
Bacteria

278 and
TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY
GCAACGATGCATAG
GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

S. aureus

286
(SEQ ID NO: 140)
(SEQ ID NO: 141)
(SEQ ID NO: 142)

TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY
GCAACGATGCGTAG
GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

S. epidermidis

(SEQ ID NO: 143)
(SEQ ID NO: 144)
(SEQ ID NO: 145)

TRTGAGATGGACCTGCGTT
GCGACGATACATAG
GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

S. agalactiae, S.

(SEQ ID NO: 146)
(SEQ ID NO: 147)
(SEQ ID NO: 148)

pyogenes

TACCAGATGGACCTGCGTT
GCGACGATACATAG
GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

S. pneumoniae

(SEQ ID NO: 149)
(SEQ ID NO: 150)
(SEQ ID NO: 151)

TGATGGATGGACCCGCGGT
GCCACGATGCATAG
GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT

E. faecalis

(SEQ ID NO: 152)
(SEQ ID NO: 153)
(SEQ ID NO: 154)

TGMAGGATGRGCCCGCGGC
GCGACGACGGGTAG
GCGACCGGCCACACTGGGAC

S. anulatus, S.

(SEQ ID NO: 155)
(SEQ ID NO: 156)
T (SEQ ID NO: 157)

somaliensis

TGTGGGATGAGCCCGCGGC
GCGACGACGGGTAG
GTGTCCGGCCACACTGGGACT

M. tuberculosis

(SEQ ID NO: 158)
(SEQ ID NO: 159)
(SEQ ID NO: 160)

TATGAGATGGACCCGCGGC
GCGACGATGCTGTAG
GTGATCGGCCACATTGGGACT

C. perfringens

(SEQ ID NO: 161)
(SEQ ID NO: 162)
(SEQ ID NO: 163)

396 and
ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCA
GCAACGCCGCGT
GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATAC

E. faecalis, C.

398
GT (SEQ ID NO: 164)
(SEQ ID NO: 165)
G (SEQ ID NO: 166)

perfringens

ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCA
GCGACGCCGCGT
GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATAC

S. anulatus, S.

GT (SEQ ID NO: 167)
(SEQ ID NO: 168)
G (SEQ ID NO: 169)

somaliensis, M.

tuberculosis

648
CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTG
CTGGAAAACTTGAG
CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATT

S. aureus, S.

GA (SEQ ID NO: 170)
(SEQ ID NO: 171)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 172)

epidermidis

CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTG
CTGGGAGACTTGAG
CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATT

E. faecalis

GA (SEQ ID NO: 173)
(SEQ ID NO: 174)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 175)

TAACCATTGTACGCTTTGGA
CTGGAGGACTTGAG
CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATT

S. agalactiae

(SEQ ID NO: 176)
(SEQ ID NO: 177)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 178)

CAACCAATGTACGCTTTGG
CTGGAGAACTTGAG
CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATT

S. pyogenes

A (SEQ ID NO: 179)
(SEQ ID NO: 180)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 181)

TAACCATAGTAGGCTTTGG
CTGTTTAACTTGAG
CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATT

S. pneumoniae

A (SEQ ID NO: 182)
(SEQ ID NO: 183)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 184)

TAACCCCGGGTCTGCATTC
CGGGCTAGCTAGAG
YGGTAGGGGAGATCGGAATT

S. anulatus, S.

GA (SEQ ID NO: 185)
(SEQ ID NO: 186)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 187)

somaliensis

TAACTGTGAGCGTGCGGGC
CGGGCAGACTAGAG
CTGCAGGGGAGACTGGAATT

M tuberculosis

GA (SEQ ID NO: 188)
(SEQ ID NO: 189)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 190)

CAACTTGGGTGCTGCATTC
CTGGTTATCTAGAG
CAGGAGAGGAGAGTGGAATT

C. perfringens

CA (SEQ ID NO: 191)
(SEQ ID NO: 192)
CC (SEQ ID NO: 193)

Non-limiting examples of primers and probes that are useful for the methods of the present invention, in which SNPs in the 16S rRNA of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis pathogens at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, and positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 are analyzed, include those described in Example 6 and set forth in Table 23.

TABLE 23

SNP
Forward primer
Reverse primer
Probe
Species

396, 398,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
AGCAACGCCGCGT
Group 1 bacteria

399, 400,
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID NO: 278)
(SEQ ID NO: 281)

401
NO: 8)

AGCGACGCCGCGT
Group 2 bacteria (except

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

Chlamydia and

Chlamydophila spp)

AGCCATGCCGCGT
Group 3 bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

AGCAATGCCGCGT
Group 4 bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 284)

AGCCATACCGCGT
Group 5 bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 285)

AGCCAAGTAGCGT
Group 6 bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

AGCCAAGTCGCGT
Group 7 bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 287)

ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCAGC
AGCGACGCCGCGT

Chlamydia and

TGCAGT (SEQ ID
TGGCAC (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 282)

Chlamydophila spp (part

NO: 279)
NO: 280)

of Group 2 bacteria)

490, 491,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
AACCAGAAAGCC
Group 1a bacteria

492, 493,
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID NO: 278)
(SEQ ID NO: 288)

B. anthracis;

495, 496,
NO: 8)

E. faecalis;

500, 501

E. faeciutn;

L. monocytogenes

AACCAGAAAGGG
Group 1b bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 289)

S. agalactiae;

S. anginosus;

S. constellatus;

S. dysgalactiae;

S. intermedius;

S. pyogenes

AACCAGAAAGTC
Group 1c bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 290)

L. intestinalis

AACGAATAAGCA
Group 1d bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 291)

H. pylori;

C. coli

AAGGAGGAAGCC
Group 1e bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 292)

C. perfringens

AATCAGAAAGCC
Group 1f bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 293)

S. aureus;

S. epidermidis;

S. haemolyticus;

S. hominis;

S. saprophyticus

GAAGAATAAGCT
Group 1g bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 294)

E. desmolans

GAATAGAAAGCC
Group 1h bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 295)

V. dispar

GAGGAGGAAGCC
Group 1i bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 296)

C. difficile

TACCAGAAAGCC
Group 1j bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 297)

E. rhusiopathiae

TACCAGAAAGGG
Group 1k bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 298)

S. bovis;

S. mitis;

S. mutans;

S. oralis;

S. pneumonia;

S. sanguinis;

S. sobrinus

TGTGAGGAAGCC
Group 1l bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 299)

P. stomatic

490, 491,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
AGATAAGAAGCA
Group 2a bacteria

492, 493,
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 300)

C. diphtheria

496, 499
NO: 8)
NO: 278)
GCAGAAGAAGCA
Group 2b bacteria

and 501

(SEQ ID NO: 301)

D. congolensis;

M. luteus;

R. equi

GCAGAAGAAGCG
Group 2c bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 302)

S. anulatus;

S. somaliensis

GCCTAAAGCACC
Group 2d bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 303)

L. interrogans

GGAGAAGAAGCA
Group 2e bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 304)

M. tuberculosis

GGATAAGAAGCA
Group 2f bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 305)

C. jeikeium

C. urealyticutn

GGGGAAGAAGCG
Group 2g bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 306)

M. curtisii

ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCAGC
GGTAAAGAAGCA
Group 2h bacteria

TGCAGT (SEQ ID
TGGCAC (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 307)

C. trachomatis;

NO: 279)
NO: 280)

C. pneumoniae

ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
GTAGAAGAAGCA
Group 2i bacteria

AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 308)

N. asteroids;

NO: 8)
NO: 278)

N. brasiliensis

GTTAATGAAGCG
Group 2j bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 309)

A. massiliensi

490, 491,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
ACAGAAGAAGCA
Group 3a bacteria

496, and
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID NO: 278)
(SEQ ID NO: 310)

A. hominis;

501
NO: 8)

E. tarda;

H. ducreyi;

H. influenza;

H. parahaemolyticus;

H. parainfluenzae

M. morganii

P. multocida

P. alcalifaciens

V. cholerae

ACAGAATAAGCA
Group 3b bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 311)

M. catarrhalis;

P. aeruginosa

GAAGAATAAGCA
Group 3c bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 312)

N. gonorrhoeae;

N. meningitides

GCAGAAGAAGCA
Group 3d bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 313)

A. hydrophile

C. freundii

E. aerogenes

E. cloacae

E. coli

K. oxytoca

K. pneumonia

P. mirabilis

S. enterica

S. marcescens

S. dysenteriae

S. sonnei

Y. enterocolitica

Y. pestis

GCAGAATAAGCA
Group 3e bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 314)

A. baumannii

GGAGAAGAAGCC
Group 3f bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 315)

B. abortus

TAAGAATAAGGA
Group 3g bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 316)

F. ceti

490, 491,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
ACAGAAGAACCA
Group 4a bacteria

496, and
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID NO:278)
(SEQ ID NO: 317)

L. pneumophila

499
NO: 8)

GAAGAATAAGCA
Group 4b bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 318)

B. cepacia

GCAGAAGAAGCA
Group 4c bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 319)

C. valvarum

490, 491,
ACTCCTACGGGAGGC
GTATTACCGCGGCTGCT
CATGAATAAGGA
Group 6a bacteria

and 492
AGCAGT (SEQ ID
GGCAC (SEQ ID NO: 278)
(SEQ ID NO: 320)

P. buccae

NO: 8)
TACGAATAAGGA
Group 6b bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 321)

P. melaninogenica

TATGAATAAGGA
Group 6c bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 322)

B. fragilis

TTCGAATAAGGA
Group 6d bacteria

(SEQ ID NO: 323)

P. intermedia

Non-limiting examples of primers and probes that are useful for the methods of the present invention in which SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA of fungi are analysed include those set forth in Table 24.

TABLE 24

SNP
Forward primer
Probe
Reverse primer
Species

160, 163,
TATGCAGTCTGAGTT
CTCTTGGTTCCGGCAT
GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

A. fumigatus

164, 165
GATTATCGTAATC
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 195)
TC (SEQ ID NO: 196)

(SEQ ID NO: 194)

160, 163,
CAGAGGTCTAAACTT
CTCTTGGTTCTCGCAT
GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

C.albicans

164, 166
ACAACCAATTTTTT
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 198)
TC (SEQ ID NO: 199)

(SEQ ID NO: 197)

160, 163,
GGCAAACGCAAAAT
CTCTTGGCTCTGGCAT
GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

Stachybottys sp.

164, 167
AAATCAAAA (SEQ ID
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 201)
TC (SEQ ID NO: 202)

NO: 200)

160, 163,
AATTAAAACTTTCAA
CTCTTGGCTCTGGCAT
ACTTATCGCATTTCG

Fusarium sp.

164, 168
CAAC (SEQ ID
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 204)
(SEQ ID NO: 205)

NO: 203)

160, 163,
GAAAACAAAAAAAA
CTCTTGGTTCTGGCAT
CACATTACTTATCGCAT

Scedosporium

164, 169
CAAGTTAAAAC (SEQ
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 207)
TTCG (SEQ ID NO: 208)

apiospermum

ID NO: 206)

160, 163,
TCCAGTCAAAACTTT
CTCTTGGTTCCGACAT
GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

Ajellomyces capsulatus

164, 170
CAACAAC (SEQ ID
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 210)
(SEQ ID NO: 211)

NO: 209)

160, 163,
CAATAATAAAACTTT
CTCTTGGCTTCCACAT
CGCTGCGTTCTTCA

Cryptococcus

164, 171
CAACAAC (SEQ ID
CGA (SEQ ID NO: 213)
(SEQ ID NO: 214)

neoformans

NO: 212)

163, 164
CAAAACTTTCAACAA
TTCTCGCATCGA (SEQ
GACGCTCAAACAGGCA

Candida sp

CGGATCTC (SEQ ID
ID NO: 325)
TG (SEQ ID NO: 329)

NO: 326)

163, 164
TAAAACTTTCAACAA
TTCCGGCATCGA (SEQ
GACCGTCGGACAGGCA

Aspergillus fumigatus

CGGATCTC
(SEQ ID ID NO: 324)
TG (SEQ ID NO: 328)

NO: 327)

196, 202
GGTTCCGGCATCGA
CGATAAGTAATGTG
GATTCACTGAATTCTGC

A. fumigatus

(SEQ ID NO: 215)
(SEQ ID NO: 216)
AAT (SEQ ID NO: 217)

196, 202
TGGTTCTCGCATCGA
CGATACGTAATATG
CACGAATATCTGCACAA

C. albicans

(SEQ ID NO: 218)
(SEQ ID NO: 219)
TT (SEQ ID NO: 220)

196, 202
GGCTCTGGCATCGA
CGATAAGTAATGTG

TTCACTGAATTCTGCAA

Stachybotlys sp.

(SEQ ID NO: 221)
(SEQ ID NO: 222)
T (SEQ ID NO: 223)

196, 202
AACGCAGCGAAAT
CGATAAGTAATGTG
ATGATTCACTGAATTCT

Fusarium sp.

(SEQ ID NO: 224)
(SEQ ID NO: 225)
G (SEQ ID NO: 226)

196, 202
TGGTTCTGGCATCGA
CGATAAGTAATGTG
ATTCACTGAATTCTGCA

Scedosporium

(SEQ ID NO: 227)
(SEQ ID NO: 228)
AT (SEQ ID NO: 229)

apiospermum

196, 202
TGGTTCCGACATCGA
CGATAAGTAATGTG
CACGGAATTCTGCAAT

Ajellomyces capsulatus

(SEQ ID NO: 230)
(SEQ ID NO: 231)
(SEQ ID NO: 232)

196, 202
AAGAACGCAGCGAA
CGATAAGTAATGTG
ATTCACTGAATTCTGCA

Cryptococcus

AT (SEQ ID NO: 233)
(SEQ ID NO: 234)
AT (SEQ ID NO: 235)

neoformans

196
AACTTTCAACAACGG
AAATGCGATACGTAA
GCGTTCAAAGATTCGAT
Forward: Candida spp,

ATCTCTTGG (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 334)
GATTCAC (SEQ ID NO:

Ajellomyces

NO: 330

332)

capsulatus,

Scedosporium

apiospermum,

Fusarium sp,

Aspergillus fumigatus,

Cryptococcus

neoformans.

Reverse: Candida spp

versus Ajellomyces

capsulatus,

Scedosporium

apiospermum,

Fusarium sp,

Stachybottys sp,

Probe: Candida sp.

196
AACTTTTAACAACGG
ATGCGATAAGTAA
GCGTTCAAAGACTCGAT
Forward: Stachybottys

ATCTCTTGG (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 335)
GATTCAC (SEQ ID NO:
sp.

NO: 331)
333)

Reverse: Aspergillus

fumigatus,

Cryptococcus

neoformans.

Probe: Fungal

pathogen species other

than Candida sp.

223, 224, 226
AAGTAATGTGAATTG
GTGAATCATCGAG
CCCCCGGAATACCA

A. fumigatus

CAGAA (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 237)
(SEQ ID NO: 238)

NO: 236)

223, 224, 226
CGTAATATGAATTGC
GTGAATCATCGAA
GAGGGCGCAATGTG

C. albicans

AGATATTC (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 240)
(SEQ ID NO: 241)

NO: 239)

223, 224, 226
GCGAAATGCGATAA
GTGAATTGCAGAA
GATTCGATGATTCACTG

Stachybottys sp.

GTAA (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 243)
AA (SEQ ID NO: 244)

NO: 242)

223, 224, 226
AATGTGAATTGCAG
GTGAATCATCGAA
GGGCGCAATGTG (SEQ

Fusarium sp.

AA (SEQ ID NO: 245)
(SEQ ID NO: 246)
ID NO: 247)

223, 224, 226

AAGTAATGTGAATTG

GTGAATCATCGAA

CGGGCGCAATGT (SEQ

Scedosporium

CAGAA (SEQ ID

(SEQ ID NO: 249)

ID NO: 250)

apiospermum

NO: 248)

223, 224, 226

AAGTAATGTGAATTG

GTGAATCATCGAA

GAGGGCGCAATGTG

Ajellomyces capsulatus

CAGAA (SEQ ID

(SEQ ID NO: 252)

(SEQ ID NO: 253)

NO: 251)

223, 224, 226

AAGTAATGTGAATTG

GTGAATCATCGAG

CAAGTTGCGTTCAAAGA

Cryptococcus

CAGAA (SEQ ID

(SEQ ID NO: 255)

(SEQ ID NO: 256)

neoformans

NO: 254)

254, 255, 259

TCAGTGAATCATCGA

CCCCCTGGTATTCC

TGCTTGAGGGCAGCAAT

A. fumigatus

GTCTTTGAAC (SEQ

(SEQ ID NO: 258)

G (SEQ ID NO: 259)

ID NO: 257)

254, 255, 260

TCGTGAATCATCGAA

CCCTCTGGTATTCC

GGAGAAACGACGCTCA

C. albicans

TCTTTGAA (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 261)
AACAG (SEQ ID NO: 262)

NO: 260)

254, 255, 261
TTCAGTGAATCATCG
CCCGCCAGGCTCT
GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCT

Stachyboays sp.

AATCTTTGAA (SEQ
(SEQ ID NO: 264)
TC (SEQ ID NO: 265)

ID NO: 263)

254, 255, 262
TCAGTGAATCATCGA
CCCGCCAGTATTCT
GGTTGTAATGACGCTCG

Fusarium sp.

ATCTTTGAAC (SEQ
(SEQ ID NO: 267)
AACAG (SEQ ID NO: 268)

ID NO: 266)

254, 255, 263
GCAGAATTCAGTGA
CCCGGCAGTAATCT
GAGGTTCGAGGGTTGA

Scedosporium

ATCATCGAAT (SEQ
(SEQ ID NO: 270)
AATGAC (SEQ ID

apiospermum

ID NO: 269)
NO: 271)

254, 255, 264
CCGTGAATCATCGAA
CCCTCTGGTATTCC
GCGCTTGAGGGTTGCAA

Ajellomyces capsulatus

TCTTTGA (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 273)
T (SEQ ID NO: 274)

NO: 272)

254, 255, 265
TCGAGTCTTTGAACG
CCCTTTGGTATTCC
CGAGGGATTGAGATTTT

Cryptococcus

CAACTTG (SEQ ID
(SEQ ID NO: 276)
CATGAC (SEQ ID NO: 277)

neoformans

NO: 275)

All the essential materials and reagents required for detecting one or more SNPs in the 16S rRNA and/or 5.8S rRNA genes according to the invention may be assembled together in a kit. The kits may also optionally include appropriate reagents for detection of labels, positive and negative controls, washing solutions, blotting membranes, microtitre plates dilution buffers and the like. For example, a nucleic acid-based detection kit for the identification of polymorphisms may include one or more of the following: (i) nucleic acid from A Gram-positive, Gram-negative, fungal and/or mammalian cell (which may be used as a positive control); and (ii) a primer and/or probe that specifically hybridizes to at least a portion of the 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA gene containing the SNP position(s) to be analysed, and optionally one or more other AS markers, at or around the suspected SNP site. Also included may be enzymes suitable for amplifying nucleic acids including various polymerases (Reverse Transcriptase, Taq, Sequenase™ DNA ligase etc. depending on the nucleic acid amplification technique employed), deoxynucleotides and buffers to provide the necessary reaction mixture for amplification. Such kits also generally will comprise, in suitable means, distinct containers for each individual reagent and enzyme as well as for each primer or probe. The kit can also feature various devices and reagents for performing one of the assays described herein; and/or printed instructions for using the kit to identify the presence of a SNP as defined herein.

In some embodiments, the methods described generally herein are performed, at least in part, by a processing system, such as a suitably programmed computer system. A stand-alone computer, with the microprocessor executing applications software allowing the above-described methods to be performed, may be used. Alternatively, the methods can be performed, at least in part, by one or more processing systems operating as part of a distributed architecture. For example, a processing system can be used to detect the presence of an SNP at a position by detecting the hybridization of a probe to a nucleic acid molecule. A processing system also can be used to determine the Gram status, identity or grouping of a bacterium, or the identity or grouping of a fungus, on the basis of detection of one or more SNPs. In some examples, commands inputed to the processing system by a user assist the processing system in making these determinations.

In one example, a processing system includes at least one microprocessor, a memory, an input/output device, such as a keyboard and/or display, and an external interface, interconnected via a bus. The external interface can be utilised for connecting the processing system to peripheral devices, such as a communications network, database, or storage devices. The microprocessor can execute instructions in the form of applications software stored in the memory to allow the SNP detection and/or microorganism identification or classification process to be performed, as well as to perform any other required processes, such as communicating with the computer systems. The applications software may include one or more software modules, and may be executed in a suitable execution environment, such as an operating system environment, or the like.

5. Applications of the Methods of the Present Invention

The methods of the present invention are useful for classifying and/or identifying microbes in a sample, such as a sample from a subject or an environmental sample such as a soil or water sample or a sample taken from the surface of equipment or instruments (e.g. medical or surgical instruments) or a work surface. Such classification or identification can then be used to determine a course of treatment to remove, eradicate or reduce the number the microbes. Any two or more of the methods of the present invention can be combined. For example, nucleic acid from a sample can be analysed for the presence of SNPs in a 16SrRNA gene and for the presence of SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA using the methods of the present invention. This can be done so as to determine whether Gram-positive bacteria, Gram-negative bacteria and/or fungi are present in the sample. In some instances, the identity of the fungi can also be determined as taught herein. The bacteria can be further grouped or the identity of the bacteria may also be determined or narrowed down to one of a few possibilities. For example, as would be apparent from the disclosure above, SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, in combination with SNPs at positions corresponding to 399, 400 and 401 or positions corresponding to 278, 286 and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, can be assessed so as to classify or even identify a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample. For example, if SNPs at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed, a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample can be classified into one of 7 pathogen groups, as described above. Additional SNPs can then be assessed to further classify or even identify the mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium. If SNPs at positions 278, 286, 396, 398 and 648 are assessed, a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium can be classified as Gram-positive or Gram-negative, and can also be further identified or identified as one of a group of species, as described above. In some instances, the number of bacteria or fungi in the sample is determined or estimated.

Subjects with infections or suspected infections (e.g. subjects with SIRS) often present to clinicians in clinics, emergency rooms, general wards and intensive care units. Such patients often have non-diagnostic clinical signs of abnormal temperature, increased heart and respiratory rates and abnormal white cells counts. A clinician must decide whether the patient has an infection or not, the severity of the infection, whether to admit the patient to hospital (if not already in hospital), the source of infection, whether to use antibiotics, and if so, the type, route and dose of antibiotics. The presence of an infection in a patient has most typically been assessed by taking a sample from the patient and growing an organism in culture broth. Once an organism has grown it can be Gram stained, identified and its antibiotic resistance determined. However, in many infected patients (>50%) it is not possible to culture an organism. Without an identified organism a clinician must rely on clinical judgment and the use of broad spectrum, and often combination, antibiotics. The indiscriminate use of broad-spectrum antibiotics, without knowledge of the pathogenic organism's identity or sensitivity, results in the development of antibiotic resistance, overuse of antibiotics, and potentially toxic side effects in patients. Further, inadequate use of antibiotic in sepsis patients leads to higher mortality and longer hospital stays (Garnacho-Montero, J. et al. (2008) Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 61, 436-441). Blood culture is a sensitive method (1-100 cfu/mL) but only when the blood sample taken contains a viable organism, which is not always the case in sepsis (Coburn B, Morris A M, Tomlinson G, Detsky A S (2012) Does this adult patient with suspected bacteremia require blood cultures? JAMA 308: 502-511. doi:10.1001/jama.2012.8262.)

Thus, the methods of the present invention are particularly useful in assisting clinicians in determining whether the subject, such as a subject presenting with SIRS, has an infection (e.g. sepsis) and if so, an appropriate course of treatment based on the classification of the microorganism causing the infection. As demonstrated in Example 6, in an exemplary method of the present invention, the limit of detection is 10-100 fold more sensitive than culturing of the microbe. Furthermore, the methods of the present invention facilitate discrimination of Gram-positive and Gram-negative organisms and fungi within three hours of taking a whole blood sample (in suspected sepsis for instance) from a subject. The methods of the present invention also can be performed in a time-efficient manner, so that the results are available to the clinician within hours rather than days. Such attributes allow a clinician to sensitively detect and quantitate the presence of a microorganism and to make an informed decision on the use of antibiotics specific to the Gram status or further grouping or identification of the bacteria, or anti-fungals specific to the fungus. These improvements can result in a reduced number of patients admitted to hospital unnecessarily, sensitive detection of microorganisms, severity of infection assessed on load (and other factors), reduced use of broad-spectrum antibiotics, reduced patient time on broad spectrum antibiotics, reduced toxicity from antibiotics, reduced development of antibiotic resistance. Tables 25 and 26 show examples of timelines for decision making available to the clinician based on detection and differentiation of microbial infections using methods of the prior art and the methods of the present invention (referred to in the table as “SNP assay”).

TABLE 25

Decision timeline using classification

of microorganisms based on culture

Elapsed time

Action
(hours)
Possible adverse outcomes

Assess patient
1

Admit patient
2
Patients admitted unnecessarily

with suspected

infection

Assess severity
3
Severity and bacterial load not

determined properly

Patient over-treated or

under-treated

Take clinical
3
Insufficient sample collected to

samples for

grow organism

culture

Treat with
4
Infection missed in some patients

intravenous,

Antibiotic resistance develops

combination,

Wrong antibiotic choice

empirical

Toxicity to the use of empirical

antibiotics

antibiotics

Perform culture

Takes 48 hours to complete.

and sensitivity

Organism does not grow.

Receive culture
48
Culture positive - wrong antibiotic

results

choice initially has led to toxicity

and adds to resistance development,

patient may have died.

Culture negative - patient left on

broad-spectrum antibiotics, which

leads to toxicity and resistance

development.

Treat with
50
Only possible if culture results

narrow spectrum

are positive.

antibiotics

TABLE 26

Decision timeline using classification of microorganisms

based on methods of the present invention

Elapsed time

Action
(hours)
Possible adverse outcomes

Assess patient
1

Take clinical
2
Patient not admitted

samples for SNP

unnecessarily

analysis and

culture in

suspected

infection

(as outpatient)

Treat with

Broad spectrum antibiotics

combination,

used for a short period

empirical

antibiotics

Perform
2
Takes approximately 3 hours

SNP assay

to complete

Receive
5
Infection diagnosed more

SNP assay

sensitively.

results

Load determines severity.

Admit patient
6
Only those patients with known

with known

infection and severity are

infection

admitted.

based on results

Treat with
7
Narrow spectrum antibiotics

narrow spectrum

used lowering the likelihood of

antibiotics

resistance development and toxicity.

Patient treated within 5 hours

with narrow spectrum antibiotic.

Thus, the present invention also extends to the diagnosis of sepsis in a subject, and the management of sepsis following the positive diagnosis. The methods described herein that analyse one or more SNPs within a 5.8S rRNA and/or one or more SNPs within a 16S rRNA can be used to determine whether a subject has a fungal and/or bacterial infection in their blood and further to classify the bacteria as Gram-positive or Gram-negative, and/or identify the group or species of bacteria and/or fungi in the blood. The bacterial and/or fungal load (i.e. the number of bacteria or fungi) can also be determined.

In instances where the subject presents with SIRS and a diagnosis of sepsis can not be made using the methods provided herein, i.e. bacterial or fungal cells are not identified in the sample from the subject using the methods provided herein, then a diagnosis of inSIRS can be made by elimination. In some instances, additional testing to confirm the diagnosis can be performed. Thus, the present invention also extends to the diagnosis of inSIRS in a subject, and the management of inSIRS following the diagnosis.

5.1 Additional Assay and Tests

In some instances, the methods of the present invention are performed in combination with other methods for identifying or classifying microbes, or characterizing microbes. For example, the antibiotic sensitivity of the bacteria or the presence of virulence factors can be assessed once its grouping or identity is determined using the methods of the present invention.

Antibiotic sensitivity assays can be performed using culture methods or molecular methods, and such methods are well known to those skilled in the art. Various commercial systems that require initial culturing of the bacteria are available, including the Etest® by Biomerieux. Such systems allow for the determination of minimum inhibitory concentrations of a wide variety of antibiotics.

Molecular tests have also been developed to identify the presence of antibiotic resistance genes (see e.g. Huletsky, A. et al. (2004) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 42, 1875-1884; Watterson et al. (1998) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 36, 1969-1973). Molecular testing for ORSA can be achieved using a PCR assay designed to detect the presence of mecR1 (or mecA or the protein PBP2a). Various approaches include those described in Fang & Hedin (2006) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 44, 675; Huletsky, A. et al. (2004) Journal of Clinical Microbiology 42, 1875-1884; and U.S. Pat. No. 8,362,228. Molecular testing for VRE can be achieved using a PCR assay designed to detect the presence of VanA and/or VanB. Particular test include those described in Cantarelli. et al. (2011) Revista da Sociedade Brasileira de Medicina Tropical 44, 631-632; Fang et al. (2012) Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis 31, 261-265; and US Pat. Pub. No. 20050058985 A1. Molecular testing for QREC (fluoroquinalone resistance) can be achieved using a PCR assay designed to detect mutations in gyrA and parC. Various approaches include those described in Jurado et al. (2008) J. Vet. Diagn. Invest. 20, 342-345; Karczmarczyk et al. (2011) Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 77, 7113-7120; US Pat Pub. No. 20100136523A1; and International Pat. Pub. No. WO 2000024932. Molecular testing for ESBL (ceftazidime resistance) can be performed using a PCR assay designed to detect bla(SHV) and mutations (see e.g., Alfaresi et al. (2010) Indian J Med Microbiol 28, 332; Randegger et al. (2001) Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 45, 1730-1736; and US Pat. Pub. No. 20130065790A1.

Many antibiotic resistance genes and mechanisms are well known in the art (see e.g. Liu B, Pop M. ARDB-Antibiotic Resistance Genes Database. Nucleic Acids Res. 2009 January; 37 (Database issue): D443-7; http://ardb.cbcb.umd.edu/). Some of the more common antibiotic resistance mechanisms are detailed in Table 27.

TABLE 27

Type
Subtype

Aminoglycoside Resistance
Aac (Acetylation)

Aph (Phosphorylation)

Ant (Adenylylation)

Beta Lactamase
beta-lactamase class A

(beta-lactam resistance)
beta-lactamase class B

beta-lactamase class C

beta-lactamase class D

Macrolide-Lincosamide-
erm rRNA methylases

Streptogramin B (MLSB)
ATP-binding transporters (ABC)

Resistance
Major facilitator family transporters

Esterases

Hydrolases

transferases

phosphorylases

Multidrug Transporters
Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS)

transporter

ATP-Binding Cassette transporter

Resistance-Nodulation-Cell

Division (RND) transporter

Small Multidrug Resistance (SMR)

transporter

Tetracycline Resistance
Tetracycline Efflux Resistance

Ribosome Protection Resistance

Vancomycin Resistance
VanA Type Operon

VanB Type Operon

VanC Type Operon

VanD Type Operon

VanE Type Operon

VanG Type Operon

The major mechanisms of resistance in each of the key, known resistant bacterial genera are listed in Table 28 with the main mechanism(s) underlined.

TABLE 28

Resistance

Genus
gene
Description
Resistance

Staphylococcus

mecr1

Methicillin-resistance regulatory

methicillin

protein for mecA

Staphylococcus

aac6ie
Aminoglycoside N-acetyltransferase,
amikacin dibekacin

which modifies aminoglycosides by
isepamicin netilmicin

acetylation.
sisomicin tobramycin

Staphylococcus

aad9ib
Aminoglycoside O-
spectomycin

nucleotidylyltransferase, which
streptomycin

modifies aminoglycosides by

adenylylation.

Staphylococcus

aadd
Aminoglycoside O-
kanamycin

nucleotidylyltransferase, which
tobramycin

modifies aminoglycosides by

adenylylation.

Staphylococcus

aph3iiia
Aminoglycoside O-
amikacin butirosin

phosphotransferase, which modifies
gentamincin_b

aminoglycosides by phosphorylation.
isepamicin kanamycin

lividomycin neomycin

paromomycin

ribostamycin

Staphylococcus

baca
Undecaprenyl pyrophosphate
bacitracin

phosphatase, which consists in the

sequestration of Undecaprenyl

pyrophosphate.

Staphylococcus

bcra,
ABC transporter system, bacitracin
bacitracin

(bcrc)
efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

bl2a_pc
Class A beta-lactamase. This enzyme
penicillin

breaks the beta-lactam antibiotic ring

open and deactivates the molecule's

antibacterial properites.

Staphylococcus

bl2b_tem
Class A beta-lactamase. This enzyme
cephalosporin

breaks the beta-lactam antibiotic ring
penicillin

open and deactivates the molecule's

antibacterial properites.

Staphylococcus

bl2_len
Class A beta-lactamase. This enzyme
penicillin

breaks the beta-lactam antibiotic ring

open and deactivates the molecule's

antibacterial properites.

Staphylococcus

ble
Binding protein with a strong affinity
bleomycin

to the bleomycin family of antibiotics,

which confers resistance to these

antibiotics by preventing the

bleomycin-induced DNA breakage

Staphylococcus

cata7
Group A chloramphenicol
chloramphenicol

acetyltransferase, which can inactivate

chloramphenicol.

Staphylococcus

cata8
Group A chloramphenicol
chloramphenicol

acetyltransferase, which can inactivate

chloramphenicol.

Staphylococcus

cata9
Group A chloramphenicol
chloramphenicol

acetyltransferase, which can inactivate

chloramphenicol.

Staphylococcus

cml_e1
Major facilitator superfamily
chloramphenicol

transporter, chloramphenicol efflux

pump.

Staphylococcus

cml_e4
Major facilitator superfamily
chloramphenicol

transporter, chloramphenicol efflux

pump.

Staphylococcus

dfra12
Group A drug-insensitive
trimethoprim

dihydrofolate reductase, which can not

be inhibited by trimethoprim.

Staphylococcus

dfra17
Group A drug-insensitive
trimethoprim

dihydrofolate reductase, which can not

be inhibited by trimethoprim.

Staphylococcus

erma
rRNA adenine N-6-methyltransferase,
lincosamide

which can methylate adenine at
macrolide

position 2058 of 23S rRNA,
streptogramin_b

conferring resistance to erythromycin.

Staphylococcus

ermb
rRNA adenine N-6-methyltransferase,
lincosamide

which can methylate adenine at
macrolide

position 2058 of 23S rRNA,
streptogramin_b

conferring resistance to erythromycin.

Staphylococcus

ermc
rRNA adenine N-6-methyltransferase,
lincosamide

which can methylate adenine at
macrolide

position 2058 of 23S rRNA,
streptogramin_b

conferring resistance to erythromycin.

Staphylococcus

ermy
rRNA adenine N-6-methyltransferase,
lincosamide

which can methylate adenine at
macrolide

position 2058 of 23S rRNA,
streptogramin_b

conferring resistance to erythromycin.

Staphylococcus

fosb
Glutathione transferase,
fosfomycin

metalloglutathione transferase which

confers resistance to fosfomycin by

catalyzing the addition of glutathione

to fosfomycin

Staphylococcus

fusb
Involved in the resistance
fusaric_acid

(detoxification) of the fungal toxin

fusaric acid.

Staphylococcus

lnua
Lincosamide nucleotidyltransferase.
lincomycin

Staphylococcus

meca
Penicillin binding protein, which has a
beta_lactam

low affinity for beta-lactams and

catalyze a penicillin-insensitive

transpeptidation.

Staphylococcus

mefa
Major facilitator superfamily
macrolide

transporter, Macrolide-Lincosamide-

Streptogramin B efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

mphc
Macrolide phosphotransferase
macrolide

Staphylococcus

msra
ABC transporter system, Macrolide-
lincosamide

Lincosamide-Streptogramin B efflux
macrolide

pump.
streptogramin_b

nora

Staphylococcus

qac
Small Multidrug Resistance (SMR)
qa_compound

protein family. Multidrug resistance

efflux pump, which consists of two

proteins.

Staphylococcus

qaca,
Multidrug efflux pump from bacterial
qa_compound

(qacb)
pathogen staphylococcus aureus.

Including QacA and QacB, both of

which confer resistance to various

toxic organic cations but differ in that

QacB mediates lower levels of

resistance to divalent cations. They

differed by seven nucleotide

substitutions.

Staphylococcus

qacb,
Multidrug efflux pump from bacterial
qa_compound

(qaca)
pathogen staphylococcus aureus.

Including QacA and QacB, both of

which confer resistance to various

toxic organic cations but differ in that

QacB mediates lower levels of

resistance to divalent cations. They

differed by seven nucleotide

subsititutions.

Staphylococcus

str
Streptomycin resistance protein.
streptomycin

Staphylococcus

tet38
Major facilitator superfamily
tetracycline

transporter, tetracycline efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

teta
Major facilitator superfamily
tetracycline

transporter, tetracycline efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

tetk
Major facilitator superfamily
tetracycline

transporter, tetracycline efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

tetl
Major facilitator superfamily
tetracycline

transporter, tetracycline efflux pump.

Staphylococcus

tetm
Ribosomal protection protein, which
tetracycline

protects ribosome from the translation

inhibition of tetracycline.

Staphylococcus

vana,
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanra
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vanha
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vansa
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vanya
D-lactate.

vanxa)

Staphylococcus

vanha
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanra
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vansa
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vana
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vanya
D-lactate.

vanxa)

Staphylococcus

vanra
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanha
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vansa
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vana
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vanya
D-lactate.

vanxa)

Staphylococcus

vansa
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanra
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vanha
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vana
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vanya
D-lactate.

vanxa)

Staphylococcus

vanxa
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanra
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vanha
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vansa
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vana
D-lactate.

vanya)

Staphylococcus

vanya
VanA type vancomycin resistance
teicoplanin

(vanra
operon genes, which can synthesize
vancomycin

vanha
peptidoglycan with modified C-

vansa
terminal D-Ala-D-Ala to D-alanine--

vana
D-lactate.

vanxa)

Staphylococcus

vanz
VanZ confers low-level VanZ confers
teicoplanin

low-level resistance to the

glycopeptide antibiotic teicoplanin.

Staphylococcus

vata
Virginiamycin A acetyltransferase,
streptogramin_a

which can inactivate the target drug.

Staphylococcus

vatb
Virginiamycin A acetyltransferase,
streptogramin_a

which can inactivate the target drug.

Staphylococcus

vatc
Virginiamycin A acetyltransferase,
streptogramin_a

which can inactivate the target drug.

Staphylococcus

vgaa
ABC transporter system, Macrolide-
streptogramin_a

Lincosamide-Streptogramin B efflux

pump.

Staphylococcus

vgab
ABC transporter system, Macrolide-
streptogramin_a

Lincosamide-Streptogramin B efflux

pump.

Staphylococcus

vgba
Streptogramin B Lyase, which can
streptogramin_b

deactivate the target drug by

hydrolysis.

Staphylococcus

vgbb
Streptogramin B Lyase, which can
streptogramin_b

deactivate the target drug by

hydrolysis.

Microbial virulence genes and mechanisms are also well known and there are online databases of virulence mechanisms and factors of known pathogens, e.g. Virulence Factors of Pathogenic Bacteria (http://www.mgc.ac.cnNFs/main.htm) and LLNL Virulence Database (http://mvirdb.llnl.gov/). Thus, having identified a causative pathogen using the methods described herein, those skilled in the art can design and/or perform specific detection assays for virulence factor genetic determinants easy. Exemplary assays for detecting various virulence factors in Staphylococcus spp., Enterococcus spp., Escherichia coli and Klebsiella spp. include those described in US Pat. Pub. Nos. US2008012473 and US20060194206; Int. Pat. Pub. No. WO2003052143; EP Pat. Pub. No. 2231851; Pichon, B. et al. (2012) J. Antimicrob. Chemother. 67, 2338-2341; Lenz et al. (2010) Food Microbiol 27, 317-326 (2010); Margot et al. (2013) J Food Prot 76, 871-873; and Huang et al. (2012) BMC Microbiol. 12, 148. Non-limiting examples of important virulence factors of some key mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens are listed in Table 29.

TABLE 29

Bacteria
Virulence Mechanism
Factor(s)

Staphylococcus

Adherence
CNA

Clumping factor

Eap/Map

EbpS

FnBPs

Intercellular

adhesion proteins

SDr

Staphylococcus

Antiphagocytosis
Capsule

Staphylococcus

Exoenzyme
Aureolysin

Hyaluronate lyase

Lipase

Staphopain

Staphylocoagulase

V8 protease

vWbp

Staphylococcus

Immune evasion
AdsA

CHIPS

SCIN

Sbi

SpA

Staphylococcus

Iron uptake
lsd

Staphylococcus

Plasminogen activator
Staphylokinase

Staphylococcus

Secretion system
Type VII secretion

system

Staphylococcus

Toxin
α-hemolysin

β-hemolysin

δ-hemolysin

γ-hemolysin

Exfoliative toxin

PVL

SE

TSST-1

Enterococcus

Adherence
AS

Ace

Acm

EfaA

Esp

Scm

Enterococcus

Antiphagocytosis
Capsule

Enterococcus

Biofilm formation
BopD

Fsr

Enterococcus

Exoenzyme
Gelatinase

Hyaluronidase

SprE

Enterococcus

Toxin
Cytolysin

Escherichia coli

Adherence
AAFs

(EHEC and EAEC)

Dispersin

ECP

Efa-1/LifA

Intimin

Paa

ToxB

Escherichia coli

Toxin
EAST1

(EHEC and EAEC)

Pet

Pic

ShET1

Hemolysin

Stx

Escherichia coli

Iron uptake
Chu

(EHEC and EAEC)

Escherichia coli

Protease
EspP

(EHEC and EAEC)

StcE

Escherichia coli

Regulation
Ler

(EHEC and EAEC)

Escherichia coli

Secretion system
TTSS

(EHEC and EAEC)

Escherichia coli

Type III translocated
Cif

(EHEC and EAEC)
protein
EspA

EspB

EspD

EspF

EspG

EspH

Map

NleA/EspI

NleC

NleD

Tir

Klebsiella

Capsule
CPS

LPS

Klebsiella

Adhesins
Fimbrial

Non-fimbrial

Klebsiella

Iron-binding/scavenging
Yersiniabactin

5.2 Management and Therapy

Based on the results of the methods of the present invention, the subject can be appropriately managed and administered therapy where required. For example, the management of inSIRS can include, for example, administration of therapeutic agents such as vasoactive compounds, steroids and anti tumour necrosis factor agents. In addition, palliative therapies as described for example in Cohen and Glauser (1991, Lancet 338: 736-739) aimed at restoring and protecting organ function can be used such as intravenous fluids and oxygen and tight glycemic control.

Where sepsis is diagnosed and further classification, grouping or identification of the microbe is made, a practitioner can then determine an appropriate regimen to manage the infection. This may include the administration of one or more therapeutic agents such as antibiotics, anti-fungals or antibodies to endotoxin. Appropriate therapies for sepsis are well known to those skilled in the art and are reviewed in, for example, Healy (2002, Ann. Pharmacother. 36(4): 648-54) and Brindley (2005, CJEM. 7(4): 227) and Jenkins (2006, J Hosp Med. 1(5): 285-295).

Typically, therapeutic agents will be administered in pharmaceutical (or veterinary if the subject is a non-human subject) compositions together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and in an effective amount to achieve their intended purpose. The dose of active compounds administered to a subject should be sufficient to achieve a beneficial response in the subject over time such as a reduction in, or relief from, the symptoms of sepsis or inSIRS, and/or the reduction or elimination of microorganisms from the blood. The quantity of the pharmaceutically active compounds(s) to be administered may depend on the subject to be treated inclusive of the age, sex, weight and general health condition thereof. In this regard, precise amounts of the active compound(s) for administration will depend on the judgment of the practitioner. In determining the effective amount of the active compound(s) to be administered in the treatment or prevention of sepsis or inSIRS, the practitioner may evaluate severity of infection in the case of sepsis, and severity of any symptom associated with sepsis or inSIRS including, inflammation, blood pressure anomaly, tachycardia, tachypnea fever, chills, vomiting, diarrhoea, skin rash, headaches, confusion, muscle aches, seizures. In any event, those of skill in the art may readily determine suitable dosages of the therapeutic agents and suitable treatment regimens without undue experimentation.

The therapeutic agents may be administered in concert with adjunctive (palliative) therapies to increase oxygen supply to major organs, increase blood flow to major organs and/or to reduce the inflammatory response. Illustrative examples of such adjunctive therapies include non steroidal-anti inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), intravenous saline and oxygen.

In order that the invention may be readily understood and put into practical effect, particular preferred embodiments will now be described by way of the following non-limiting examples.

EXAMPLES
Example 1
Identification of 16S rRNA SNPs that Differentiate Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Prokaryotes

Representative genes encoding 16S rRNA molecules were downloaded from GenBank and aligned using CLUSTALW to determine the conserved sequence regions. Variable sequences, as determined by the CLUSTALW alignment, were removed, the sequences were re-aligned using CLUSTALW and checked for any further variable regions. This process was repeated several times. Subsequently, a final conserved mega-alignment of all genes encoding 16S rRNA was generated, consisting of an approximately 702 base pair conserved sequence region. The gene encoding an exemplary 16S rRNA from Escherichia coli (GenBank accession NR_074891) is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and the 702 base pair conserved regions extends from nucleotides 254-955 of SEQ ID NO:1.

The aligned sequences were analysed, and it was determined that two SNPs were sufficient to differentiate most Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. The two SNPs identified are at positions 396 and 398 in the Escherichia coli 16S rRNA set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and are referred to as SNP 396 and SNP 398. The general rules for differentiating most Gram-positive and Gram-negative prokaryotes using these two SNPs are depicted in Table 30.

TABLE 30

Gram Status
SNP 396
SNP 398

Negative
C
T/A/C

Positive
A/T/G
C

Example 2
In Silico Differentiation of Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Prokaryotes Using SNP 396 and SNP 398

In silico analysis was used to assess which prokaryotes could be classified on the basis of their Gram status using SNPs 396 and 398 only. Twelve 12 base pair probes (GC(A/C/G/T)A(A/C/G/T)G(CC/TA)GCGT; SEQ ID NO:2) were used in BLAST searches to identify the prokaryotic 16S rRNA regions spanning positions 396 and 398 (numbering corresponding to Escherichia coli 16S rRNA set forth in SEQ ID NO:1), and the results were analysed to determine which species could be classified correctly as Gram-positive or Gram-negative on the basis of the SNPs.

Table 31 table lists the most common mammalian pathogens typed into Gram-negative or Gram-positive based only on SNP positions 396 and 398. Most pathogens can be typed as Gram-negative or Gram-positive based on these two SNPs, with the exception of some Gram-negative bacteria that have A and C or G and C at SNP loci 396 and 398, respectively, such as Helicobacter, Veillonella, some Bacteroides, Campylobacter, Chlamydiophila spp.

TABLE 31

SNP Position
Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
396
398
Genera and Comments

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Enterobacter

Brucella

Cardiobacterium

Edwardsiella

Haemophilus

Klebsiella

Moraxella

Providentia

Pseudomonas

Salmonella

Vibrio

Yersinia

Flavobacterium

Neisseria (some)

Shigella

Plesiomonas

Pasteurella

Actinobaccillus

Aeromonas

Burkholderia

Citrobacter

Morganella

Proteus

Serratia

Acinetobacter

Legionella

3416 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity.

Negative
C
A

Neisseria

Porphyromonas

Bacteroides

Prevotella

97 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity.

Negative
C
C

Bacteroides (some)

51 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity

Positive
A
C

Dermatophilus

Enterococcus

Listeria

Mycobacterium

Proprionibacterium

Rhodococcus

Streptomyces

Micrococcus

Bacillus

Eubacterium

Lactobacillus

PeptoStreptococcus

Streptococcus

Actinomyces

Erysipelothrix

Staphylococcus

Corynebacterium

Clostridium

Nocardia

3208 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity

Includes some Gram-negative

species including Helicobacter,

Veillonella, some Bacteriodes,

Campylobacter, Chlamydiophila.

Positive
T
C

Lactobacillus

Streptomyces (some)

Steptococcus (some)

Actinomyces (some)

294 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity

Positive
G
C

Mycobacterium

Rhodococcus

Streptomyces

Micrococcus (some)

Bacillus (some)

Eubacterium

Actinomyces

Corynebacterium (some)

Mobiluncus

Nocardia

Lactobacillus (some)

2240 BLAST hits, 12 bp probe,

100% identity.

Mostly Gram-positive but

includes the negative spp

Chlamydia and Chlamydiophilus.

Table 32 shows the SNPs at positions 396 and 398 for the most common soil bacteria as identified in Janssen et al. (Appl. Environ. Microbiol. (2006) 72, 1719-1728).

TABLE 32

SNP Position

Most Common

Gram Stain
396
398
Soil Organisms

Negative
C
T

Agrobacterium

Flavobacterium

Hyphomicrobium

Pseudomonas

Ralstonia

Positive
A/G
C

Actinomadura

Actinoplanes

Arthrobacter

Bacillus

Clostridium

Micromonospora

Mycobacterium

Nocardia

Paenibacillus

Rhodococcus

Streptomyces

Table 33 shows the SNPs at positions 396 and 398 for a range of Gram-positive and Gram-negative prokaryotes found in work environments as identified in Hewitt et al. (PLoS ONE (2012) 7, e37849).

TABLE 33

SNP Position

Common

Gram Stain
396
398
Environmental Organisms

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Klebsiella

Pseudomonas

Salmonella

Yersinia

Shigella

Burkholderia

Sphingomonas

Methylobacterium

Negative
C
A

Neisseria

Bacteroides

Prevotella

Negative
C
C

Bacteroides (further

typed using other SNPs)

Positive
A
C

Bacillus

Lactobacillus

Streptococcus

Actinomyces

Staphlococcus

Corynebacterium

Planomicrobium

Planococcus

Positive
T
C

Lactobacillus

Positive
G
C

Mycobacterium

Actinomyces

Lactobacillus (some)

Table 34 shows the SNPs at positions 396 and 398 for common bacteria found contaminating red blood cell and platelet preparations as identified in Brecher et al. (2005) Clinical Microbiology Reviews 18, 195-204).

TABLE 34

SNP Position

Common Blood

Gram Stain
396
398
Preparation Contaminants

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Klebsiella

Providentia

Pseudomonas

Salmonella

Yersinia

Shigella

Proteus

Serratia

Acinetobacter

Positive
A
C

Enterococcus

Propionibacterium

Bacillus

Streptococcus

Staphylococcus

Table 35 shows the SNPs at positions 396 and 398 for common bacteria found in human blood stream infections (sepsis) as identified in Son et al. (J Korean Med Sci (2010) 25, 992 (2010); and the SeeGene website (www.seegene.com) and the Septifast website (www.roche.com).

TABLE 35

SNP Position

Common Human

Gram Stain
396
398
Sepsis Blood Pathogens

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Enterobacter

Citrobacter

Haemophilus

Klebsiella

Pseudomonas

Salmonella

Yersinia

Shigella

Burkholderia

Morganella

Proteus

Serratia

Acinetobacter

Stenotrophomonas

Negative
C
A

Neisseria

Bacteroides

Prevotella

Negative
C
C

Bacteroides (some)

Positive
A
C

Enterococcus

Streptococcus

Staphylococcus

Clostridium

Table 36 shows the SNPs at positions 396 and 398 for the most common bacteria found in human faecal samples when using next generation sequencing technologies as identified in Claesson et al. (Nucl Acids Res (2010) 38(22), e200).

TABLE 36

SNP Position

Most Common Human

Gram Stain
396
398
Faecal Organism Genera

Negative
C
T

Alistipes

Negative
C
A

Parabacteroides

Bacteroides (s)

Positive
A/G
C

Dorea

PeptoStreptococcus

Anaerococcus

Filifactor

Finegoldia

Gallicola

Helcococcus

Peptoniphilus

Sedimentibacter

Sporanaerobacter

Tissierella

Roseburia (variable but

ultrastructure is Gram-positive)

Ruminococcus

Erysipelothrix

Bulleidia

Holdemania

Solobacterium

Faecalibacterium (further

typed using other SNPs)

Bacteroides (further

typed using other SNPs)

Thus, SNPs at positions 396 and 398 were able to differentiate a large number of Gram-positive from Gram-negative prokaryotes including the most common bacterial organisms found in soil, office environments, as blood product contaminants, in mammalian (e.g., human) faecal material, most mammalian (e.g., human) bacterial pathogens and most pathogens commonly found in mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis.

Example 3
In Silico Differentiation of Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Sepsis-Associated Bacteria Using SNPs

As indicated in Example 2 (Table 31), there are a few instances where the Gram status of mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens cannot be determined using SNPs at positions 396 and 398. These pathogens include the Gram-negative genera of Helicobacter, Veillonella, some Bacteroides, Campylobacter, and Chlamydiophila. Although the most common mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria (e.g. Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus viridans group (Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia or Prevotella melaninogenica) can be classified as Gram-negative or Gram-positive using SNPs at positions 396 and 398, other bacteria that can cause sepsis in mammals (e.g., humans), such as Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi and Veillonella rogosa, cannot be classified using SNPs at positions 396 and 398.

Sequence analysis was performed to determine which SNPs could classify the common and less-common mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria (Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus viridans group (Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis) on the basis of their Gram status. It was found that another three SNPs at positions 278, 286 and 648 (numbering corresponding to the 16SrRNA set forth in SEQ ID NO:1) could be used to classify the 33 mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis pathogens. Thus, a total of 5 SNPs at positions 396, 398, 278, 286 and 648 can be used to determine the Gram status of these mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis pathogens.

The general rules for differentiating 33 Gram-positive and Gram-negative prokaryotes causing mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis using the five SNPs are as follows:

If position 396 is a C then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 37; and if position 396 is A or G then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 38.

TABLE 37

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Prevotella
melaninogenica

C
A
A
G
T

Negative

Prevotella
intermedia

C
A
T
G
G

Negative

Prevotella
buccae

C
A
T
G
T

Negative

Bacteroides
fragilis

C
A
T
A
A

Negative

Citrobacter
freundii

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Enterobacter
aerogenes

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Klebsiella
oxytoca

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Serratia
marcescens

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Morganella
morganii

C
T
G
C
C

Negative

Stenotrophomonas
maltophila

C
T
G
G
C

Negative

Acinetobacter
baumannii

C
T
G
G
G

Negative

Enterobacter
cloacae

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Klebsiella
pneumoniae

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Salmonella
enterica

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Escherichia
coli

C
T
G
C
A

Negative

Proteus
mirabilis

C
T
G
C
T

Negative

Neisseria
meningitidis

C
T
G
G
T

Negative

Pseudomonas
aeruginosa

C
T
G
G
T

Negative

Haemophilus
influenzae

C
T
T
C
T

Negative

Burkholderia
cepacia

C
T
G
G
A

TABLE 38

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Mycobacterium
tuberculosis

G
C
G
G
A

Positive

Streptomyces
somaliensis

G
C
G
G
A

Positive

Streptomyces
anulatus

G
C
G
G
T

If positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C and T (respectively) then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 39; and if positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C and C (respectively) then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 40.

TABLE 39

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Campylobacter
coli

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobact
jejuni

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobacter
lari

A
C
T
T
A

Negative

Campylobacter
fetus

A
C
T
A
A

Negative

Helicobacter
cinaedi

A
C
T
G
T

Negative

Helicobacter
pylori

A
C
T
G
A

Negative

Chlamydophila
abortus

A
C
T
T
T

TABLE 40

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Enterococcus
faecalis

A
C
C
A
A

Positive

Enterococcus
faecium

A
C
C
A
A

If positions 396, 398 and 278 are A, C, G and position 286 is an A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 41.

TABLE 41

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Streptococcus
bovis

A
C
G
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
agalactiae

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
dysgalactiae

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
pyogenes

A
C
G
A
G

Positive

Streptococcus
anginosus

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
intermedius

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
mitis

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
mutans

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
pneumoniae

A
C
G
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
sanguinis

A
C
G
A
T

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 42.

TABLE 42

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
aureus

A
C
A
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
sobrinus

A
C
A
A
A

Positive

Streptococcus
constellatus

A
C
A
A
T

Positive

Streptococcus
oralis

A
C
A
A
T

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, G and position 648 is a G then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 43.

If positions 396, 398, 278, 286 are A, C, A, G and position 648 is an A then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 44.

TABLE 43

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Veillonella
rogosae

A
C
A
G
G

TABLE 44

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
epidermidis

A
C
A
G
A

Positive

Staphylococcus
hominus

A
C
A
G
A

If positions 396, 398, 278 and 286 are A, C, G and G (respectively) and position 648 is G then the bacterium is Gram-negative and includes the species in Table 45.

If positions 396, 398, 278 and 286 are A, C, G and G and position 648 is A or T then the bacterium is Gram-positive and includes the species in Table 46.

TABLE 45

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Negative

Veillonella
atypica

A
C
G
G
G

Negative

Veillonella
parvula

A
C
G
G
G

Negative

Veillonella
denticariosi

A
C
G
G
G

TABLE 46

Gram
Species
396
398
278
286
648

Positive

Staphylococcus
haemolyticus

A
C
G
G
A

Positive

Staphylococcus
saprophyticus

A
C
G
G
A

Positive

Clostridium
perfringens

A
C
G
G
T

Example 4
Identification and Location of 5.8S rRNA SNPs that Differentiates Fungal Eukaryotes from Prokaryotes and Other Eukaryotes

To identify SNPs in 5.8S rRNA that could differentiate fungal (including yeast) eukaryotes from other eukaryotes and also prokaryotes, representative 5.8S rRNA sequences from Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp, Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp, Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans were downloaded from GenBank and aligned using CLUSTALW to determine the conserved sequence regions. Variable sequences, as determined by the CLUSTALW alignment, were removed and the sequences were re-aligned using CLUSTALW and checked for any further variable regions. This process was repeated several times. A final conserved mega-alignments of fungi and four mammalian 5.8S rRNA was generated, which consisted of approximately 126 base pair conserved sequences. This 126-base pair sequence corresponds to nucleotides 134-259 of the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2 and nucleotides 1-222 of the human 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:3. Different fungal, yeast and mammalian species have slightly different lengths and base pair composition across this region.

By analysis of the sequences, it was determined that SNPs at any one of positions 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, 256 (numbering corresponding to the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA set forth in SEQ ID NO:2) will differentiate common fungal and yeast human pathogen nucleic acid from mammalian host nucleic acid. The general rules for differentiating fungi from mammals using these SNPs in 5.8S rRNA is depicted in Table 47.

TABLE 47

SNP Position
Fungi
Mammals

142
C
T

144
A
G

146
A
G

147
A
G

148
C
T

154
T
A

157
T
C

164
C/G
T

167
A
G

185
G
T

187
A
G

188
A
C

194
T
G

197
G
T

213
A
G

215
T
C

216
T
A

219
G
T

223
A
Absent

231
A/G
C

232
T
A

236
T
C

245
A/C
Absent

251
C
G

256
T
G

Example 5
Differentiation of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Fungal Pathogens

Seven fungal species, Candida albicans, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans, are known mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens. 5.8S rRNA sequences of these pathogens were downloaded from GenBank and the ˜126 bp conserved regions described in Example 4, above, were aligned using CLUSTALW.

Sequence analysis was performed to determine that a minimum of 4 SNPs could be used to differentiate these pathogens and identify them. These SNPs include those at the position corresponding to position 254 of the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2; one of positions corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.

Thus, various combinations of 4 SNPs will discriminate the seven mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogens, wherein the 4 SNPs include those at position 254; one of positions 160 or 255; and any 2 of positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224, 259. Table 48 sets forth the SNPs at each position for each pathogen. Because SNPs 164 and 223 can also be used to differentiate yeast/fungi from mammals, combinations using 164 or 223 are able to completely discriminate the seven pathogenic fungal species in a mammalian background.

TABLE 48

SNP position

160
163
164
165
196
202
223
224
254
255
259

Candida

T
T
C
G
C
A
A
T
T
C
T

albicans

Ajellomyces

T
C
G
A
A
G
A
T
T
C
T

capsulatus

Stachybotrys

C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
C

sp.

Scedosporium

T
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

apiospermum

Fusarium sp.
C
T
G
G
A
G
A
T
G
C
T

Aspergillus

T
C
G
G
A
G
A
T
C
C
T

fumigatus

Cryptococcus

C
C
C
A
A
G
A
T
T
T
T

neoformans

Example 6
Differentiation and Quantitation of Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Prokaryotes and Fungal Eukaryotes Commonly Found in Mammial (e.g., Human) Sepsis

An assay was performed to differentiate and quantify Gram-negative and Gram-positive prokaryotes and fungal eukaryotes commonly found in mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis.

A. Primers, Probes and Standards for detecting 16S rRNA SNPs and Quantifying Bacteria

Primer Express 2.0 (Applied Biosystems) software was used to design TaqMan® MGB probes and primers to determine SNPs at positions 396, 398, 278, 286 and 648 of 16S rRNA of prokaryotes. In total, 8 pairs of forward and reverse primers and 16 probes were designed for these SNPs. The combination of primers and probes below can be used to classify the mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis pathogens described in Example 3 on the basis of their Gram status.

Primers and Probes to Detect SNPs at Positions 396 and 398 of 16S rRNA of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Sepsis Pathogens:

Probe sequences: GCAACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:4) and GCGACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:5) for Gram-positive bacteria; and GCCAAGTAGCGT (SEQ ID NO:6) and GCCATGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:7) for Gram-negative bacteria.

Forward Primer sequences: ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT (SEQ ID NO:8) for Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria. Reverse primer sequences: GCCAGCAGCYGCGGTAATACG (SEQ ID NO:9) for Gram-negative and GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG (SEQ ID NO:10) for Gram-positive bacteria.

Primers and Probes to Detect SNPs at Positions 278 and 286 of 16S rRNA of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Sepsis Pathogens:

Probe sequences: GCGATGATCAGTAG (SEQ ID NO:11), GCTATGACGCTTAA (SEQ ID NO:12), GCTTTGACGCATAA (SEQ ID NO:13), GCTATGACGGGTAT (SEQ ID NO:14), GCAATGATCAGTAG (SEQ ID:15) and GTTTTGACGTCTAG (SEQ ID:16) for Gram-negative bacteria; and GCAACGATGCATAG (SEQ ID NO:17), GCAACGATGCGTAG (SEQ ID NO:18) and GCCACGATACATAG (SEQ ID NO:19) for Gram-positive bacteria.

Forward primer sequences: TGWAGGAGGGGATTGCGTC (SEQ ID NO:20), TGTAGGATGAGACTATATW (SEQ ID NO:21) and TAARRGATCAGCCTATGTC (SEQ ID NO:22) for Gram-negative bacteria; and TTATAGATGGATCCGCGCY (SEQ ID NO:23) and TGATGGATGGACCCGCGGT (SEQ ID NO:24) for Gram-positive bacteria.

Reverse primer sequences: ATGAACGGCCACATTGG (SEQ ID NO:25), ATGATCAGTCACACTGG (SEQ ID NO:26) and GTGAWCGGACACACTGG (SEQ ID NO:27) for Gram-negative; and GTGATCGGCCACACTGGRACT (SEQ ID NO:28) for Gram-positive.

Primers and Probes to Detect SNPs at Position 648 of 16S rRNA of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Sepsis Pathogens:

Probe sequences: CTGCTGATCTAGAG (SEQ ID NO:29) for Gram-negative; and CTGGAAAACTTGAG (SEQ ID NO:30) and CTGGGAGACTTGAG (SEQ ID NO:31) for Gram-positive.

Forward primer sequences: TAACCCCGTGAKGGGATGGA (SEQ ID NO:32) for Gram-negative; and CAACCGKGGAGGGTCATTGGA (SEQ ID NO:33) for Gram-positive.

Reverse primer sequences: TCGGAGAGGAAAGTGGAATTCC (SEQ ID NO:34) for Gram-negative; and CARRAGRGGARAGTGGAATTCC (SEQ ID NO:35) for Gram-positive.

Primers and probes were synthesized as Custom TaqMan® gene expression assays by Applied Biosystems (Life Technologies, USA). All Gram-negative probes were labelled with the VIC™ fluorescent label and all Gram-positive probes were labelled with FAM™ fluorescent label, so as to enable discrimination between Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacterial species in one single reaction.

For quantitative Real-Time PCR, reactions were prepared for each Gram-positive and Gram-negative probe and primer set. To generate the standard curve for each major bacterial group, the ATCC controls set forth in Table 49 were prepared.

TABLE 49

PCR Master mix
ATCC control strain used

396398 GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

396398 GRPOS2

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

396398 GRNEG1

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

396398 GRNEG2

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

278286 GRNEG

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

278286 GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

278286GRPOS2

Staphylococcus epidermidis ATCC35983

648GRNEG

Veillonella atypica ATCC12641

648GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

648GRPOS2

Enterococcus faecalis ATCC29212

Each standard was prepared in duplicate, and a typical PCR run format was prepared as follows: Tubes 1-16: 396398 GRPOS1, 278286 GRPOS1 and 648GRPOS1 Mastermix with S. aureus ATCC25923 DNA serially diluted 1:10. This generates the standard curve. Tubes 17-32: 396398 GRPOS1, 278286 GRPOS1 and 648GRPOS1 Mastermix with serially diluted blood spiked bacterial DNA. Tubes 33-48: 396398 GRPOS2, 278286GRPOS2 and 648GRPOS2 Mastermix with S. aureus ATCC25923 DNA serially diluted 1:10. This generates the standard curve. Tubes 49-64: 396398GRPOS2, 278286GRPOS2 and 648GRPOS2 Mastermix with serially diluted blood spiked bacterial DNA. Tubes 65-66: 396938 GRPOS1, 278286 GRPOS1 and 648GRPOS1 Mastermix no template control. Tubes 67-68: 396398 GRPOS2, 278286GRPOS2 and 648GRPOS2 Mastermix no template control. This protocol was followed for all Gram-positive and Gram-negative probes.

PCR reactions (in duplicate) were prepared as follows: 1 μL 20× TaqMan Gene Expression Assay; 10 μL 2× TaqMan Gene Expression Master Mix; 4 μL DNA template (1-100 ng); 5 μL DNase and RNase-free water. The PCR reactions were transferred to a Rotor-Gene Q Real-Time PCR instrument (Qiagen, Australia) and PCR was performed at the following conditions: 50° C. for 2 min; 95° C. for 10 min; then 45 cycles of 95° C. for 15 sec and 60° C. for 1 min.

The Rotor-Gene Q v.2.1.0.9 software was used to generate a standard curve for the following controls, each serially diluted. Gram-positive control: Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923; Gram-negative control: Escherichia coli ATCC25922.

B. Primers and Probes for Detecting 5.8S rRNA SNPs

5.8S rDNA sequences for Candida and Aspergillus species were downloaded from GenBank and aligned as described above. The Primer Express 2.0 (Applied Biosystems) was used to design TaqMan® MGB probes and primers specific for the identification of yeast and fungal species using SNPs at positions 164 and 165

The TaqMan® MGB FAM probe sequence was CTCTTGGTTCCGGCATCGA (SEQ ID NO:36) and the TaqMan® MGB VIC probe sequence was CTCTTGGTTCTCGCATCGA (SEQ ID NO:37) the forward primer sequence was TATGCAGTCTGAGTTGATTATCGTAATC (SEQ ID NO:38) and CAGAGGTCTAAACTTACAACCAATTTTTT (SEQ ID NO:39); and the reverse primer sequence was GCATTTCGCTGCGTTCTTC (SEQ ID NO:40). The primers and probes were synthesised as Custom TaqMan® gene expression assays by Applied Biosystems (Life Technologies, USA).

Example 7
Classification and Quantitation of Common Mammalian (e.g., Human) Pathogenic Bacteria Using SNPs

Classification and quantification of common mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens into broad groups that allows for downstream decisions to be made, such as antibiotic choice, enrichment media choice, which antibiotic resistance tests to perform, and which microbial virulence tests to perform, can be achieved by first extracting DNA from a biological sample and performing a multiplex RT-PCR reaction to amplify a 181 base pair region of bacterial 16S rRNA covering positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, using probes to classify the bacterium into one of Groups 1-7, as described above. If bacterial DNA is detected, a second reaction can be performed to further classify the bacterium into a subgroup, thereby providing additional information as to the identity and/or characteristics of the bacterium, which can be used by a clinician to determine an appropriate course of treatment. Further investigations to determine the precise identity of the bacteria and/or antibiotic resistance and/or virulence can be performed using standard and well-known molecular techniques as described in the art.

In the first step, any bacterial DNA is extracted from the biological sample using any method known in the art, including but not limited to the use of automated systems from Biomerieux (NucleSENS EasyMAG®) and Becton Dickinson (BD MAX®). Specialised kits/systems are also available for concentration and extraction of bacterial DNA from whole blood including Polaris® (Biocartis), and MolYsis® (MolZym). The multiplex RT-PCR reaction (Reaction 1) is then performed using two pairs of forward and reverse primers that amplify the same 181 base pair region of bacterial 16S rDNA: the forward primer having the sequence ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT (SEQ ID NO:8) and the reverse primer having the sequence GTATTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCAC (SEQ ID NO:278), which amplify the region corresponding to nucleotides 338 to 536 of the 16S rRNA of SEQ ID NO:2 from the majority of Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, and the forward primer having the sequence ACTCCTACGGGAGGCTGCAGT (SEQ ID NO:279) and reverse primer having the sequence GTATTACCGCGGCAGCTGGCAC (SEQ ID NO:280), which amplify the same region from Chlamydia spp. and Chlamydophila spp. Reaction 1 also includes seven 12 base-pair probes, with each probe having different dyes, covering positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401. The probes are as follows, in a 5′ to 3′ direction with the SNPs underlined:

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

Probe 1 = AGCAACGCCGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

Probe 2 = AGCGACGCCGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

Probe 3 = AGCCATGCCGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 284)

Probe 4 = AGCAATGCCGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 285)

Probe 5 = AGCCATACCGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

Probe 6 = AGCCAAGTAGCGT

(SEQ ID NO: 287)

Probe 7 = AGCCAAGTCGCGT

If bacterial DNA is present in the sample at sufficient concentration, these primers will amplify nucleic acid from over 7000 bacterial species present in the Genbank database, including Chlamydial species. The seven probes broadly classify bacteria into seven groups: Group 1 contains mostly Gram-positive organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify the presence of over 1800 bacetrial species in this group; Group 2 contains mostly Gram-positive organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify the presence of over 2200 species in this group; Group 3 contains Gram-negative organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify the presence of over 2300 species in this group; Group 4 contains Gram-negative organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify the presence of over 800 species in this group; Group 5 contains Gram-negative organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify 46 species this group (mostly Stenotrophmonas spp); Group 6 contains Gram-negative anaerobic organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify 82 species in this group (mostly Bacteroides and Prevotella spp); Group 7 contains Gram-negative anaerobic organisms and the 12 base pair probe, in combination with the forward and reverse primers, will identify 33 species in this group (mostly Porphyromonas spp).

If Reaction 1 yields a positive result, a second step is performed that includes diluting the product of Reaction 1 by 1:100 and adding it to multiplex Reaction 2, which contains the same forward and reverse primers as Reaction 1 and the probes listed in Table 7 for each mammalian (e.g., human) pathogen group. For example, if Reaction 1 is positive for Group 1 bacteria, then the reaction product is diluted 1:100 and added to a reaction containing the forward and reverse primer pairs set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 8 and 278 and Gram-positive probes 1a (SEQ ID NO: 288), 1b (SEQ ID NO: 289), 1c (SEQ ID NO: 290), 1d (SEQ ID NO: 291), 1e (SEQ ID NO: 292), 1f (SEQ ID NO: 293), 1g (SEQ ID NO: 294), 1h (SEQ ID NO: 295), 1i (SEQ ID NO: 296), 1j (SEQ ID NO: 297), 1k (SEQ ID NO: 298), 1l (SEQ ID NO: 299). Because of the limitations of multiplexing and the number of dyes available, each reaction can be limited to the appropriate number of probes. For example, two reactions can be performed, one containing Probes 1a-1g and the other containing probes 1h-1l. A positive result with any of the probes indicates the grouping and possible identity of the bacterium in the sample. For example, should a positive result be obtained using Probe 1a, then the bacterium present in the sample is a Gram-positive bacterium with possible vancomycin resistence, selected from among Bacillus anthracia, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes. Table 50 sets forth the probes that can be used to categorize bacteria, and the grouping and characteristics of the identified bacteria identified using each probe, in a sample using the above method.

TABLE 50

Reaction 1 Probe

Reaction 2 Probes

Charac-
Possible

(Seq ID #)
Gp
(Seq ID #)
Gp
Bacterial Species
teristics
resistance

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AACCAGAAAGCC
1a

B. anthracis;
Gm + ve
VRE

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 288)

E. faecalis;

E. faecium;

L. monocytogenes

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AACCAGAAAGGG
1b

S. agalactiae;
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 289)

S. anginosus;
cocci

S. constellatus;

S. dysgalactiae;

S. intermedius;

S. pyogenes

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AACCAGAAAGTC
1c

L. intestinalis
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 290)

bacillus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AACGAATAAGCA
1d

H. pylori;
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 291)

C. coli
spiral

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AAGGAGGAAGCC
1e

C. perfringens
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 292)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
AATCAGAAAGCC
1f

S. aureus;
Gm + ve
ORSA

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 293)

S. epidermidis;
cocci

S. haemolyticus;

S. hominis;

S. saprophyticus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
GAAGAATAAGCT
1g

E. desmolans
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 294)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
GAATAGAAAGCC
1h

V. dispar
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 295)

anaerobe

cocci

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
GAGGAGGAAGCC
1i

C. difficile
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 296)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
TACCAGAAAGCC
1j

E. rhusiopathiae
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 297)

bacillus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
TACCAGAAAGGG
1k

S. bovis;
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 298)

S. mitis;
cocci

S. mutans;

S. orates;

S. pneumonia;

S. sanguinis;

S. sobrinus

AGCAACGCCGCGT
1
TGTGAGGAAGCC
1l

P. stomatis
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 281)

(SEQ ID NO: 299)

anaerobe

cocci

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
AGATAAGAAGCA
2a

C. diphtheria
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 300)

acid fast

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GCAGAAGAAGCA
2b

D. congolensis;
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 301)

M. luteus;
coccus

R. equi
filamentous

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GCAGAAGAAGCG
2c

S. anulatus;
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 302)

S. somaliensis
acid fast

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GCCTAAAGCACC
2d

L interrogans
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 303)

spiral

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GGAGAAGAAGCA
2e

M. tuberculosis
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 304)

acid fast

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GGATAAGAAGCA
2f

C. jeikeium
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 305)

C. urealyticum
acid fast

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GGGGAAGAAGCG
2g

M. curtisii
Gm + ve

(7)

(SEQ ID NO: 306)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GGTAAAGAAGCA
2h

C. trachomatis;
Gm -ve

(7)

(SEQ ID NO: 307)

C. pneumoniae

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GTAGAAGAAGCA
2i

N. asteroids;;
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 308)

N. brasiliensis
Acid fast,

bacillus

AGCGACGCCGCGT
2
GTTAATGAAGCG
2j

A. massiliensi
Gm + ve

(SEQ ID NO: 282)

(SEQ ID NO: 309)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
ACAGAAGAAGCA
3a

A. hominis;
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 310)

E. tarda;
cocci-

H. ducreyi;

bacillus

H. influenza;

H. parahaemolyticus;

H. parainfluenzae

M. morganii

P. multocida

P. alcalifaciens

V. cholerae

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
ACAGAATAAGCA
3b

M. catarrhalis;
Gm − ve
ESBL

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 311)

P. aeruginosa
diplo-

coccus

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
GAAGAATAAGCA
3c

N. gonorrhoeae;
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 312)

N. meningitides
diplo-

coccus

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
GCAGAAGAAGCA
3d

A. hydrophila
Gm − ve
ESBL

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 313)

C. freundii

bacillus

E. aerogenes

E. cloacae

E. coli

K. oxytoca

K. pneumonia

P. mirabilis

S. enterica

S. marcescens

S. dysenteriae

S. sonnei

Y. enterocolitica

Y. pestis

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
GCAGAATAAGCA
3e

A. baumannii
Gm − ve
ESBL

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 314)

cocci

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
GGAGAAGAAGCC
3f

B. abortus
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 315)

coccibacillus

AGCCATGCCGCGT
3
TAAGAATAAGGA
3g

F. ceti
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 283)

(SEQ ID NO: 316)

bacillus

AGCAATGCCGCGT
4
ACAGAAGAACCA
4a

L. pneumophila
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 284)

(SEQ ID NO: 317)

pleo-morphic

AGCAATGCCGCGT
4
GAAGAATAAGCA
4b

B. cepacia
Gm − ve
ESBL

(SEQ ID NO: 284)

(SEQ ID NO: 318)

bacillus

AGCAATGCCGCGT
4
GCAGAAGAAGCA
4c

C. valva rum
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 284)

(SEQ ID NO: 319)

bacillus

AGCCAAGTAGCGT
6
CATGAATAAGGA
6a

P. buccae
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

(SEQ ID NO: 321)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCCAAGTAGCGT
6
TACGAATAAGGA
6b

P. melaninogenica
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

(SEQ ID NO: 322)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCCAAGTAGCGT
6
TATGAATAAGGA
6c

B. fragilis
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

(SEQ ID NO: 323)

anaerobe

bacillus

AGCCAAGTAGCGT
6
TTCGAATAAGGA
6d

P. intermedia
Gm − ve

(SEQ ID NO: 286)

(SEQ ID NO: 324)

anaerobe

bacillus

Gm + ve = Gram-positive

Gm − ve = Gram-negative

VRE = vancomycin resistant enterococci

ORSA = oxacillin-resistant Staphylococcusaureus.

ESBL = extended spectrum beta-lactamase

A third step can be performed that includes specific testing for bacterial species and/or antibiotic resistance and/or virulence, which can be achieved using standard molecular techniques as described in the art.

Once the results of steps 1 and 2 are known (and step 3 if performed), then bacterial quantification can be performed as described above using an appropriate bacterial species control DNA of known quantity and the generation of a standard curve.

Thus, a three or four step series of reactions can classify bacteria into groups, determine bacterial species, determine antibiotic resistance, determine bacterial virulence and quantify the amount of bacterial DNA in the original sample without having to grow or enrich the organism first. Such a process can be achieved in less time than it currently takes to grow an organism in culture broth.

Example 8
Differentiation and Quantitation of Gram-Negative and Gram-Positive Prokaryotes and Fungal Eukaryotes Found in the Airways and Respiratory Fluids of Immunocompromised, Pneumonia and Cystic Fibrosis Patients

An assay was performed to differentiate and quantify Gram-negative and Gram-positive prokaryotes and fungal eukaryotes commonly found in the airways and respiratory fluids from human patients that are immunocompromised, have pneumonia with sepsis complications, and cystic fibrosis. Common micro-organisms isolated from BAL fluid from immunocompromised patients include; Staphylococcus, Enterococcus, Streptococcus, Staphylococcus aureus, Acinetobacter, Capnocytophaga, Enterobacteriacea, Haemophilus, Legionella, Pseudomonas, Mycobacterium, Candida and Aspergillus (see Table 2, p 118, Hohenadel I A, et al., (2001) Role of bronchoalveolar lavage in immunocompromised patients with pneumonia treated with a broad spectrum antibiotic and antifungal regimen. Thorax 56: 115-120). Example micro-organisms commonly found in the lower respiratory tract of patients with acute bronchitis, community acquired pneumonia and hospital acquired pneumonia include; Bordetella, Streptococcus, Haemophilus, Legionella, Klebsiella, Enterobacteriacea, Staphylococcus aureus, Moraxella, Psuedomonas, Acinetobacter, Candida and Aspergillus (Carroll K C (2002) Laboratory Diagnosis of Lower Respiratory Tract Infections: Controversy and Conundrums. Journal of Clinical Microbiology 40: 3115-3120). Example micro-organisms commonly found in the airways of cystic fibrosis patients include: Haemophilus, Staphylococcus, Psuedomonas, Burkholderia, Stenotrophomonas, Klebsiella, Candida and Aspergillus (Harrison F (2007) Microbial ecology of the cystic fibrosis lung. Microbiology (Reading, Engl) 153: 917-923).

A. Primers, Probes and Standards for Detecting 16S rRNA SNPs and Quantifying Bacteria

Primer Express 2.0 (Applied Biosystems) software was used to design TaqMan® MGB probes and primers to determine SNPs at positions 396 and 398 of prokaryotes. In total, 1 pair of forward and reverse primers and 3 probes were designed for these SNPs. The combination of primers and probes below can be used to classify the most common human respiratory bacterial pathogens.

Primers and Probes to Detect SNPs at Positions 396 and 398 of 16S rRNA of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Sepsis Pathogens:

Probe sequences: GCAACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:4) and GCGACGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:5) for Gram-positive bacteria; and GCCATGCCGCGT (SEQ ID NO:7) for Gram-negative bacteria.

Forward Primer sequences: ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGT (SEQ ID NO:8) for Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria. Reverse primer sequence: GTATTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCAC (SEQ ID NO:278) for Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria.

TABLE 51

PCR Master mix
ATCC control strain used

396398 GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

396398 GRPOS2

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

396398 GRNEG1

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

396398 GRNEG2

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

278286 GRNEG

Escherichia coli ATCC25922

278286 GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

278286GRPOS2

Staphylococcus epidermidis ATCC35983

648GRNEG

Veillonella atypica ATCC12641

648GRPOS1

Staphylococcus aureus ATCC25923

648GRPOS2

Enterococcus faecalis ATCC29212

B. Primers and Probes for Detecting 5.8S rRNA SNPs

The TaqMan® MGB FAM probe sequence was TTCCGGCATCGA (SEQ ID NO:324) and the TaqMan® MGB VIC probe sequence was TTCTCGCATCGA (SEQ ID NO:325) the forward primer sequences were CAAAACTTTCAACAACGGATCTC (SEQ ID NO:326) and TAAAACTTTCAACAACGGATCTC (SEQ ID NO:327); and the reverse primer sequences were GACGCTCGGACAGGCATG (SEQ ID NO:328) and GACGCTCAAACAGGCATG (SEQ ID NO:329). The primers and probes were synthesised as Custom TaqMan® gene expression assays by Applied Biosystems (Life Technologies, USA).

TABLE 52

Common bacterial species from BAL

of immunocompromised patients.

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
396
398
Genera and Comments

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Enterobacter

Haemophilus

Klebsiella

Psuedomonas

Salmonella

Yersinia

Shigella

Citrobacter

Proteus

Serratia

Acinetobacter

Legionella

Capnocytophaga

Positive
A
C

Enterococcus

Mycobacterium

Streptococcus

Staphylococcus

Positive
G
C

Mycobacterium

TABLE 53

Common fungal/yeast species from

BAL of immunocompromised patients

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
163
164
Genera and Comments

Fungal
T
C

Candida albicans

Candida tropicalis

Candida glabrata

Candida krusei

Candida parapsilosis

Fungal
C
G

Aspergillus fumigatus

TABLE 54

Common microbial species isolated from the lower respiratory

tract of patients with acute bronchitis, community acquired

pneumonia, and hospital acquired pneumonia.

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
396
398
Genera and Comments

Negative
C
T

Escherichia

Enterobacter

Haemophilus

Klebsiella

Moraxella

Pseudomonas

Salmonella

Yersinia

Shigella

Citrobacter

Proteus

Serratia

Acinetobacter

Legionella

Bordetella

Positive
A
C

Enterococcus

Streptococcus

Staphylococcus

TABLE 55

Common fungal/yeast species isolated from the lower respiratory

tract of patients with acute bronchitis, community acquired

pneumonia, and hospital acquired pneumonia.

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
163
164
Genera and Comments

Fungal
T
C

Candida albicans

Candida tropicalis

Candida glabrata

Candida krusei

Candida parapsilosis

Fungal
C
G

Aspergillus fumigatus

TABLE 56

Common microorganisms found in airways

of patients with cystic fibrosis.

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
396
398
Genera and Comments

Negative
C
T

Haemophilus

Pseudomonas

Klebsiella

Stenotrophomonas

Burkholderia

Positive
A
C

Staphylococcus

TABLE 57

Common fungal/yeast species found in airways

of patients with cystic fibrosis.

SNP Position

Example Pathogens

Gram Stain
163
164
Genera and Comments

Fungal
T
C

Candida albicans

Candida tropicalis

Candida glabrata

Candida krusei

Candida parapsilosis

Fungal
C
G

Aspergillus fumigatus

Example 9
Differentiation of Mammalian (e.g., Human) Candida Fungal Pathogens from Other Fungal Pathogens in a Mammalian Background

Eleven fungal species, Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans, are known mammalian (e.g., human) pathogens. 5.8S rRNA sequences of these pathogens were downloaded from GenBank and the ˜126 bp conserved regions described in Example 4, above, were aligned using CLUSTALW.

Sequence analysis was performed to determine that a minimum of 2 SNPs could be used to differentiate common Candida pathogens from other fungal pathogens in a mammalian genomic background. Such a distinction is important clinically with respect to determining an appropriate treatment regimen and in determining prognosis. Such a test could be used on any clinical sample but it is particularly relevant to blood and bronchioalveolar lavage samples for sepsis and pneumonia diagnoses respectively. The two SNPs include those at positions corresponding to 163, 164 of the Candida albicans 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2.

Table 58 sets forth the SNPs at each position for each pathogen and for a number of mammals. Because SNPs 163 and 164 can also be used to differentiate yeast/fungi from mammals, the combination of these two SNPs is able to completely discriminate Candida pathogenic species from other pathogenic fungal species in a mammalian background.

Primers and probes are as for those described in Example 8 above.

TABLE 58

SNP Position

Fungal Species
163
164

Candida albicans

T
C

Candida tropicalis

T
C

Candida parapsilosis

T
C

Candida krusei

T
C

Candida glabrata

T
C

Ajellomyces capsulatus

C
G

Stachybotrys sp.
T
G

Scedosporium apiospermum

T
G

Fusarium sp.
T
G

Aspergillus fumigatus

C
G

Cryptococcus neoformans

C
C

Homo sapiens (human)
G
T

Sus scrofa (pig)
G
T

Gorilla gorilla (gorilla)
G
T

Mus musculus (mouse)
G
T

Bos taurus (cow)
G
T

Example 10
Antibiotic Choices Based on Broad Categorization of Microbial Pathogens

Using the invention detailed herein, and the resultant broad categorization of microbial pathogens, more informed decisions can be made with respect to the choice of appropriate empirical and targeted antibiotic therapies as provided in Tables 59 and 60 below (by example). The use of antibiotics more directed towards the causative pathogen leads to reduced costs (narrow spectrum antibiotics are much less expensive than broad spectrum antibiotics), better patient outcomes, less likelihood of the development of adverse side-effects (including Clostridium difficile infection) and less likelihood of the development of antibiotic resistances.

TABLE 59

Example Choices of Empiric Antibiotic Based on Gram and

Group Determination for Common Sepsis Causing Organisms

Organism
Group
Antibiotic
Alternative

Gram Positive Organisms

Staphylococcus

1f
Cefazolin or
Linezolid

aureus

Vancomycin

Coagulase Negative
1f
Vancomycin
Linezolid

Staphylococcus

Streptococcus

1k
Ceftriaxone
Moxifloxacin

pneumoniae

Enterococcus

1a
Ampicillin +/−
Vancomycin +/−

faecalis

Gentamicin
Gentamicin

Enterococcus

1a
Linezolid
Quinupristin/

faecium

dalfopristin

Gram Negative Organisms

Serratia

3d
Piperacillin/
Beta lactam/

tazobactam/
ciprofloxacin

gentamicin
or ciprofloxacin/

aminoglycoside

Acinetobacter

3e
Piperacillin/

tazobactam/

gentamicin

Pseudomonas

3b
Cefepime/

aeruginosa

Gentamicin

Citrobacter

3d
Cefepime/

Gentamicin

Enterobacter

3d
Piperacillin/

tazobactam/

Gentamicin

E. coli

3d
Cefazolin/
Gentamicin

Meropenem

Klebsiella

3d
Cefazolin/
Gentamicin or

Meropenem
quinolone

Haemophilus

3a
Azithromycin
Cefuroxime

influenzae

Stenotrophomonas

5
Trimethoprim/
Ticarcillin/

maltophilia

sulfamethooxazole
claulanic acid

TABLE 60

Example Choices of Narrow Spectrum Antibiotic Based on Gram

and Group Determination for Organisms Able to be Grouped

Example Antibiotic

Group
Species
Bacterial Type
Choice(s)*

1a

Bacillus anthracis

Positive
Ciprofloxacin, penicillin,

Enterococcus faecalis

doxycycline, ampicillin,

Enterococcus faecium

ampicillin/gentamicin

Listeria monocytogenes

1b

Streptococcus agalactiae

Positive, cocci
Penicillin

Streptococcus anginosus

Streptococcus constellatus

Streptococcus dysgalactiae

Streptococcus intermedius

Streptococcus pyogenes

1c

Lactobacillus intestinalis

Positive, bacillus
Penicillin

1d

Helicobacter pylori

Negative, spiral
Erythromycin

Campylobacter coli

Metronidazole

1e

Clostridium perfringens

Positive, Anaerobe, bacillus
Metronidazole

1f

Staphylococcus aureus

Positive, cocci
Oxacillin

Staphylococcus epidermidis

Vancomycin

Staphylococcus haemolyticus

Linezolid

Staphylococcus hominis

Staphylococcus saprophyticus

1g

Eubacterium desmolans

Positive, Anaerobe, bacillus
Cefoxitin

1h

Veillonella dispar

Negative, Anaerobe, cocci
Penicillin

1i

Clostridium difficile

Positive, Anaerobe, bacillus
Metronidazole

1j

Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae

Positive, bacillus
Penicillin

1k

Streptococcus bovis

Positive, cocci
Penicillin

Streptococcus mitis

Streptococcus mutans

Streptococcus oralis

Streptococcus pneumonia

Streptococcus sanguinis

Streptococcus sobrinus

1l

Peptostreptococcus stomatis

Positive, Anaerobe, cocci
Penicillin

2a

Corynebacterium diphtheria

Positive, Acid fast, bacillus
Metronidazole

2b

Dermatophilus congolensis

Positive, coccus filamentous
Penicillin

Micrococcus luteus

Rhodococcus equi

2c

Streptomyces anulatus

Positive, Acid fast, bacillus

Streptomyces somaliensis

2d

Leptospira interrogans

Negative, spiral
Doxycycline

2e

Mycobacterium tuberculosis

Positive, Acid fast, bacillus
Isoniazid + Rifampin +

Pyrazinamide

2f

Corynebacterium jeikeium

Positive, Acid fast, bacillus
Vancomycin

Corynebacterium urealyticum

2g

Mobiluncus curtisii

Positive, Anaerobe, bacillus
Vancomycin

2h

Chlamydia trachomatis

Negative
Doxycycline

Chlamydophila pneumoniae

2i

Nocardia asteroids

Positive, Acid fast, bacillus
Trimethoprim/

Nocardia brasiliensis

sulfamethooxazole

2j

Actinomyces massiliensis

Positive, Anaerobe, bacillus
Trimethoprim/

sulfamethooxazole

3a

Actinobacillus hominis

Negative, coccibacillus
Cefotaxime

Edwardsiella tarda

Haemophilus ducreyi

Haemophilus influenza

Haemophilus parahaemolyticus

Haemophilus parainfluenzae

Morganella morganii

Pasteurella multocida

Providencia alcalifaciens

Vibrio cholerae

3b

Moraxella catarrhalis

Negative, diplococcus
Penicillin

Pseudomonas aeruginosa

3c

Neisseria gonorrhoeae

Negative, diplococcus
Ceftriaxone

Neisseria meningitides

3d

Aeromonas hydrophila

Negative, bacillus
Meropenem

Citrobacter freundii

Enterobacter aerogenes

Enterobacter cloacae

Escherichia coli

Klebsiella oxytoca

Klebsiella pneumonia

Proteus mirabilis

Salmonella enterica

Serratia marcescens

Shigella dysenteriae

Shigella sonnei

Yersinia enterocolitica

Yersinia pestis

3e

Acinetobacter baumannii

Negative, cocci
Tigecycline

3f

Brucella abortus

Negative, coccibacillus
Doxycycline

3g

Flavobacterium ceti

Negative, bacillus
Ciprofloxacin

4a

Legionella pneumophila

Negative, pleomorphic
Azithromycin

4b

Burkholderia cepacia

Negative, bacillus
Trimethoprim/

sulfamethooxazole

4c

Cardiobacterium valvarum

Negative, bacillus
Azithromycin

5

Stenotrophomonas maltophilia

Negative, bacillus
Trimethoprim/

sulfamethooxazole

6a

Prevotella buccae

Negative Anaerobe, bacillus
Penicillin

6b

Prevotella melaninogenica

Negative Anaerobe, bacillus
Penicillin

6c

Bacteroides fragilis

Negative, Anaerobe, bacillus
Metronidazole

6d

Prevotella intermedia

Negative Anaerobe, bacillus
Penicillin

7

Porphyromonas gingivalis

Negative, Anaerobe, bacillus
Amoxycillin

*Example only - often antibiotic choice depends on other factors such as source of infection (e.g. respiratory vs skin vs abdominal vs urinary), hospital antibiogram, patient co-morbidities and allergies.

The disclosure of every patent, patent application, and publication cited herein is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The citation of any reference herein should not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as “Prior Art” to the instant application.

Throughout the specification the aim has been to describe the preferred embodiments of the invention without limiting the invention to any one embodiment or specific collection of features. Those of skill in the art will therefore appreciate that, in light of the instant disclosure, various modifications and changes can be made in the particular embodiments exemplified without departing from the scope of the present invention. All such modifications and changes are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

1. A method for determining the Grain status of a bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide, polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNP s are at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396 and a T, A or C it position 398; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is an A, T or G at position 396 and a C at position 398.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the bacterium, is selected from among Acinetobacter spp.; Actinobaccillus spp.; Actinomadura spp.; Actinomyces spp.; Actinoplanes spp.; Aeromonas spp.; Agrobacterium spp.; Alistipes spp.; Anaerococcus spp.; Arthrobacter spp.; Bacillus spp.; Brucella spp.; Bulleidia spp.; Burkholderia spp.; Cardiobacterium spp.; Citrobacter spp.; Clostridium spp.; Corynebacterium spp.; Dermatophilus spp.; Dorea spp.; Edwardsiella spp.; Enterobacter spp.; Enterococcus spp.; Erysipelothrix spp.; Escherichia spp.; Eubacterium spp.; Faecalibacterium spp.; Filifactor spp.; Finegoldia spp.; Flavobacterium spp.; Gallicola spp.; Haemophilus spp.; Helcococcus spp.; Holdemania spp.; Hyphomicrobium spp.; Klebsiella spp.; Lactobacillus spp.; Legionella spp.; Listeria spp.; Methylobacterium spp.; Micrococcus spp.; Micromonospora spp.; Mobiluncus spp.; Moraxella spp.; Morganella spp.; Mycobacterium spp.; Neisseria spp.; Nocardia spp.; Paenibacillus spp.; Parabacteroides spp.; Pasteurella spp.; Peptoniphilus spp.; Peptostreptococcus spp.; Planococcus spp.; Planomicrobium spp.; Plesiomonas spp.; Porphyromonas spp.; Prevotella spp.; Propionibacterium spp.; Proteus spp.; Providentia spp.; Pseudomonas spp.; Ralstonia spp.; Rhodococcus spp.; Roseburia spp.; Ruminococcus spp.; Salmonella spp.; Sedimentibacter spp.; Serratia spp.; Shigella spp.; Solobacterium spp.; Sphingomonas spp.; Sporanaerobacter spp.; Staphylococcus spp.; Stenotrophomonas spp.; Streptococcus spp.; Streptomyces spp.; Tissierella spp.; Vibrio spp.; and Yersinia spp.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the bacterium is selected from among Bacterial ID Nos. 1-1430.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the bacterium is selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.
5. A method for determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNP is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the bacterium is selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.
7. A method for determining the Grain status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is: a C at position 396,an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 198 an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a C at position 648; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is: a G at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 3a 8, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648.
8. The method of claim 7, wherein the bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
9. The method of claim 8, further comprising identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium being one of a group of bacteria, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; andan A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.
10. A method for categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample as one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 pathogen selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 5 pathogen Stenotrophomonas maltophila when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; orthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 7 pathogen Porphyromonas gingivalis when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, andthe bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.
13. The method of claim 10, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.
14. The method of claim 10, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.
15. The method of claim 10, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 bacterium, the method further comprises analysing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.
16. A method for categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) at positions corresponding to positions 396 and 398 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and positions corresponding to positions 399, 400 and 401 or positions 278, 286 and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1; wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed the bacterium is categorized into one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria; wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 pathogen selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 pathogen selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 5 pathogen Stenotrophomonas maltophila when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 pathogen selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;or the bacterium is determined to be the Group 7 pathogen Porphyromonas gingivalis when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; andif positions 278, 286 396, 398 and 648 are assessed the bacterium is categorized as Gram-positive or Gram-negative; whereinthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is: a C at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a C at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is: a C at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a C at position 278, and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed and the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed and the bacterium, is determined to be a Group 2 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively; thebacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, andthe bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.
19. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed and the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.
20. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed and the bacterium, is determined to be a Group 4 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.
21. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 are assessed and the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6h bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium, is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.
22. The method of claim 16, wherein if positions 278, 286 396, 398 and 648 are assessed the bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; andan A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.
24. The method of any one of claims 1 to 23, further comprising determining whether the bacterium is resistant to one or more antibiotics.
25. The method of any one of claims 1 to 24, further comprising analyzing the sample to determine the presence or absence of a fungus in the sample, which further analysis comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) within a 5.8S rRNA gene at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, which SNP is indicative of the presence of a fungus in the sample, wherein the SNP is selected from among a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a C at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a (3 at position 0.197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 2.51; and a T at position 256.
26. The method of any one of claims 1 to 25, further comprising analyzing the sample to determine the presence and identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in the sample, which further analysis comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for at least four SNPs within a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least four SNPs include those at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2;
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
28. The method of claim 26, wherein the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 223 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
29. The method of any one of claims 1 to 28, further comprising determining the number of bacteria in the sample.
30. The method of any one of claims 25 to 29, further comprising determining the number of fungal cells in the sample.
31. The method of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the sample is a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject presenting with systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) or suspected of having sepsis.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the biological sample is blood.
33. The method of any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis.
34. The method of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid.
35. The method of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.
36. A method for determining the presence or absence of fungi in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 5.8S rRNA gene, which SNP is indicative of the presence of fungi in the sample, wherein the SNP is selected from among a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a C at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a C at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a C or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; and a T at position 256.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the sample is selected from soil, food, water, surface swab and biological sample from a subject.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the biological sample is selected from among blood, tissue, sputum, lavage fluid, feces, urine and saliva.
39. The method of any one of claims 36 to 38, further comprising determining the number of fungal cells in the sample.
40. The method of any one of claims 36 to 39, wherein the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis.
41. The method of any one of claims 36 to 40, wherein the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid.
42. The method of any one of claims 28 to 41, wherein the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.
43. A method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least 4 SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2;the mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans; andthe identity of the pathogen is determined based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
45. The method of claim 43, wherein the at least four SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 223 of SEQ ID NO:2; and a position corresponding to position 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2.
46. The method of any one of claims 43 to 45, further comprising determining the Gram status of as mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNP is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is a C at position 396; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is a G at position 396.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the bacterium is selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.
48. The method of any one of claims 43 to 44, further comprising determining the Gram status of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Gram-negative bacterium when there is: a C at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a C at position 286 and a G at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; andthe bacterium is determined to be a Gram-positive bacterium when there is: a G at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G it position 278, and an A at position 286an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286;or an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a C at position 286 and an A at position 648; oror an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a C at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the bacterium is selected from Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
50. The method of claim 48 or claim 49, further comprising identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; and an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.
51. The method of any one of claims 43 to 45, further comprising categorizing a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacterium in the sample as one of seven groups of mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated bacteria, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a 16S rRNA gene, wherein the SNPs are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein: the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 bacterium selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 5 bacterium Stenotrophomonas maltophila when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; orthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 7 bacterium Porphyromonas gingivalis when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively.
52. The method of claim 51, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1 bacterium, the method further comprises analysing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.
53. The method of claim 51, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, andthe bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.
54. The method of claim 51, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.
55. The method of claim 51, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 4 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.
56. The method of claim 51, wherein if the bacterium is determined to be a Group 6 bacterium, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.
57. The method of any one of claims 43 to 56, further comprising determining the number of fungal cells in the sample.
58. The method of any one of claims 46 to 57, further comprising determining the number of bacteria in the sample.
59. The method of any one of claims 43 to 58, wherein the sample is a biological sample from a mammalian (e.g., human) subject.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein the biological sample is selected from blood, tissue, sputum, lavage fluid, feces, urine and saliva.
61. The method of claim 59, wherein the biological sample is blood.
62. The method of any one of claims 43 to 61, wherein the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis.
63. The method of any one of claims 43 to 62, wherein the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid.
64. The method of any one of claims 43 to 63, wherein the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.
65. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a subject (e.g., human), comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for a SNP in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNP in the 16S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and wherein sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 396, and sepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a Gait position 396; andthe SNP in the 5.8S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 2.13, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, and sepsis resulting from a fungal infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or a G at position 164; an A at position 167; a C at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a C1 or A at position 231; a T at position 2.32; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.
67. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a subject (e.g., human), comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16 S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein: sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is: a C at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; andsepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is: a G at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286;an A at position 3%, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, a U at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648; andthe SNP in the 5.8S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, and sepsis resulting from a fungal infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a G at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
69. The method of claim 68, further comprising identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria when the sepsis is determined to be caused by a Gram-positive bacterium or a Gram-negative bacterium, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; andan A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.
70. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for a SNP in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNP in the 16S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 396 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and wherein sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 396 or and sepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is a G at position 396; andthe SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID and wherein sepsis resulting from an infection by a fungus selected from among Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans is diagnosed based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans and Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia and Prevotella melaninogenica.
72. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8 s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene am at positions corresponding to positions 278, 286, 396, 398, and 648 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein: sepsis resulting from a Gram-negative bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is: a C at position 396:an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278;A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position, 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648; andsepsis resulting from a Gram-positive bacterial infection is diagnosed when there is: a G at position 396;an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286;an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648; andthe SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene, are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2, and wherein sepsis resulting from an infection by a fungus selected from among Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans is diagnosed based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the bacterial infection is an infection by a bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Clostridium perfringens, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pyogenes, Escherichia coli, Acinetobacter baumannii, Bacteroides fragilis, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumonia, Klebsiella oxytoca, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, Citrobacter freundii, Morganella morganii, Haemophilus influenzae, Neisseria meningitidis, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Prevotella buccae, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Haemophilus influenzae, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Chlamydophila abortus, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Veillonella denticariosi, Veillonella rogosae, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
74. The method of claim 73, further comprising identifying the bacterium or identifying the bacterium as being one of a group of bacteria when the sepsis is determined to be caused by a Gram-positive bacterium or a Gram-negative bacterium, wherein: a C at position 396 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacterium selected from Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella buccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Klebsiella oxytoca, Serratia marcescens, Morganella morganii, Stenotrophomonas maltophila, Acinetobacter baumannii, Enterobacter cloacae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Salmonella enterica, Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis, Neisseria meningitidis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Haemophilus influenzae and Burkholderia cepacia; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a T at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-negative bacteria selected from Campylobacter coli, Campylobact jejuni, Campylobacter lari, Campylobacter fetus, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori and Chlamydophila abortus; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella rogosae; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a G at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-negative bacterium Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula and Veillonella denticariosi; a G at position 396 indicates that the bacteria is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis and Mycobacterium tuberculosis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398 and a C at position 278 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacteria Enterococcus faecalis or Enterococcus faecium; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a T at position 286 and a T at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Clostridium perfringens; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus pneumoniae and Streptococcus sanguinis; oran A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278 and an A at position 286 indicates that the bacterium is a Gram-positive bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus constellatus and Streptococcus oralis; an A at position 396, a C at position 398, an A at position 278, a G at position 286 and an A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus epidermidis or Staphylococcus hominus; andan A at position 396, a C at position 398, a G at position 278, a G at position 286 and a T or A at position 648 indicates that the bacterium is the Gram-positive bacterium Staphylococcus haemolyticus.
75. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein: sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar is diagnosed when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae is diagnosed when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti is diagnosed when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum is determined when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from the Group 5 bacterium Stenotrophomonas maltophila is diagnosed when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from the Group 7 bacterium Porphyromonas gingivalis is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; andthe SNP in the 5.8S rRNA gene is at a position corresponding to position 142, 144, 146, 147, 148, 154, 157, 164, 167, 185, 187, 188, 194, 197, 213, 215, 216, 219, 223, 231, 232, 236, 245, 251, or 256 of the 5.8S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, and sepsis resulting from a fungal infection is diagnosed when there is a C at position 142; an A at position 144; an A at position 146; an A at position 147; a C at position 148; a T at position 154; a T at position 157; a C or G at position 164; an A at position 167; a G at position 185; an A at position 187; an A at position 188; a T at position 194; a G at position 197; an A at position 213; a T at position 215; a T at position 216; a C at position 219; an A at position 223; a G or A at position 231; a T at position 232; a T at position 236; a C or A at position 245; a C at position 251; or a T at position 256.
76. The method of claim 75, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.
77. The method of claim 75, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding, to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, andthe bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.
78. The method of claim 75, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.
79. The method of claim 75, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.
80. The method of claim 75, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.
81. A method for diagnosing sepsis in a mammalian (e.g., human) subject, comprising analysing nucleic acid from the blood of the subject for SNPs in a 16S rRNA gene and a SNP in a 5.8s rRNA gene, wherein the presence of the SNP(s) is indicative of sepsis, wherein: the SNPs in the 16S rRNA gene are at positions corresponding to positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, and wherein: sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Listeria monocytogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius, Streptococcus pyogenes, Lactobacillus intestinalis, Clostridium perfringens, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Eubacterium desmolans, Clostridium difficile, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus and Peptostreptococcus stomatis or Gram-negative species Helicobacter pylori, Campylobacter coli and Veillonella dispar is diagnosed when there is an A, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium selected from among the Gram-positive species Corynebacterium diphtheria, Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus, Rhodococcus equi, Streptomyces anulatus, Streptomyces somaliensis, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium urealyticum, Mobiluncus curtisii, Nocardia asteroids, Nocardia brasiliensis and Actinomyces massiliensis or the Gram-negative species Leptospira interrogans, Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae is diagnosed when there is a G, C, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium selected from among Gram-negative aerobic bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens, Vibrio cholerae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitides, Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Acinetobacter baumannii, Brucella abortus and Flavobacterium ceti is diagnosed when there is a C, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401 respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative aerobic species Legionella pneumophila, Burkholderia cepacia and Cardiobacterium valvarum is determined when there is an A, T, G, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from the Group 5 bacterium Stenotrophomonas maltophila is diagnosed when there is a C, T, A, C and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium selected from among the Gram-negative anaerobic species Prevotella buccae, Prevotella melaninogenica, Bacteroides fragilis, Prevotella intermedia is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and A at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively;sepsis resulting from the Group 7 bacterium Porphyromonas gingivalis is diagnosed when there is a C, A, G, T and C at positions 396, 398, 399, 400 and 401, respectively; andthe SNPs in the 5.8S rRNA gene are at a position corresponding to position 254 of SEQ ID NO:2; a position corresponding to position 160 or 255 of SEQ ID NO:2; and any two of positions corresponding to positions 163, 164, 165, 196, 202, 223, 224 or 259 of SEQ ID NO:2, and wherein sepsis resulting from an infection by a fungus selected from among Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei, Candida glabrata, Ajellomyces capsulatus, Stachybotrys sp., Scedosporium apiospermum, Fusarium sp., Aspergillus fumigatus and Cryptococcus neoformans is diagnosed based on the presence of SNPs set forth in following table:
82. The method of claim 81, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 1 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1a bacterium selected from among Bacillus anthracis, Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium and Listeria monocytogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1b bacterium selected from among Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus intermedius and Streptococcus pyogenes when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1c bacterium Lactobacillus intestinali, when there is an A, A, C, C, G, A, T and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1d bacterium selected from among Helicobacter pylori and Campylobacter coli when there is an A, A, C, G, A, T, C and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1e bacterium Clostridium perfringens when there is an A, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1f bacterium selected from among Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis and Staphylococcus saprophyticus when there is an A, A, T, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1g bacterium Eubacterium desmolans when there is a G, A, A, G, A, T, C and T at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1h bacterium Veillonella dispar when there is a G, A, A, T, G, A, C, and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1i bacterium Clostridium difficile when there is a G, A, G, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 1j bacterium Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 1k bacterium selected from among Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, when there is a T, A, C, C, G, A, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 1l bacterium Peptostreptococcus stomatis when there is a T, G, T, G, G, G, C and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 495, 496, 500 and 501, respectively.
83. The method of claim 81, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 2 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2a bacterium Corynebacterium diptheriae when there is an A, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2b bacterium selected from among Dermatophilus congolensis, Micrococcus luteus and Rhodococcus equi when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2c bacterium selected from among Streptomyces anulatus and Streptomyces somaliensis when there is a G, C, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2d bacterium Leptospira interogans when there is a G, C, C, T, A, A and C at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2e bacterium Mycobacterium tuberculosis when there is a G, G, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2f bacterium selected from among Corynebacterium jeikeium and Corynebacterium urealyticum when there is a G, G, A, T, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 2g bacterium Mobiluncus curtisii when there is a G, G, G, G, G, G and G at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2h bacterium selected from among Chlamydia trachomatis and Chlamydophila pneumoniae when there is a G, G, T, A, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 2i bacterium selected from among Nocardia asteroids and Nocardia brasiliensis when there is a G, T, A, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively, andthe bacterium is determined to be a Group 2j bacterium Actinomyces massiliensis when there is a G, T, T, G, G, G and A at positions 490, 491, 492, 493, 496, 499 and 501, respectively.
84. The method of claim 81, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 3 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 501 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3a bacterium selected from among Actinobacillus hominis, Edwardsiella tarda, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parahaemolyticus, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Morganella morganii, Pasteurella multocida, Providencia alcalifaciens and Vibrio cholerae when there is an A, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3b bacterium selected from among Moraxella catharrallis and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, when there is an A, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3c bacterium selected from among Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Neisseria meningitides when there is a G, A T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be a Group 3d bacterium selected from among Aeromonas hydrophila, Citrobacter freundii, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Proteus mirabilis, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella sonnei, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pestis when there is an G, C, G and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3e bacterium Acinetobacter baumannii when there is a G, C, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 3f bacterium Brucella abortus when there is a G, G, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 3g bacterium Flavobacterium ceti when there is a T, A, T and A at positions 490, 491, 496, and 501, respectively.
85. The method of claim 81, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 4 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491, 496, and 499 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO:1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4a bacterium Legionella pneumophila when there is an A, C, G and C at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 4b bacterium Burkholderia cepacia when there is a G, A, T and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 4c bacterium Cardiobacterium valvarum when there is a G, C, G and G at positions 490, 491, 496, and 499, respectively.
86. The method of claim 81, wherein if sepsis resulting from a Group 6 bacterium is diagnosed, the method further comprises analyzing the nucleic acid for SNPs at positions corresponding to positions 490, 491 and 496 of the 16S rRNA gene set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6a bacterium Prevotella buccae when there is a C, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella melaninogenica when there is a T, A and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively;the bacterium is determined to be the Group 6c bacterium Bacteroides fragilis, when there is an T, A and T at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively; andthe bacterium is determined to be the Group 6b bacterium Prevotella intermedia when there is a T, T and C at positions 490, 491 and 496, respectively.
87. A method for determining the identity of a mammalian (e.g., human) fungal pathogen in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates that the fungal pathogen in the sample is a Candida species.
88. The method of claim 87, wherein the Candida species is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei and Candida glabrata.
89. A method for determining the presence or absence of a Candida species in a sample, comprising analyzing nucleic acid from the sample for at least two SNPs in a 5.8S rRNA gene, wherein: the at least two SNPs are at a position corresponding to position 163 of SEQ ID NO:2, and a position corresponding to position 164 of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the presence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the presence of a Candida species in the sample, and wherein the absence of T at position 163 and C at position 164 indicates the absence of a Candida species in the sample.
90. The method of claim 89, wherein the Candida species is selected from Candida albicans, Candida tropicalis, Candida parapsilosis, Candida krusei and Candida glabrata.
91. The method of any one of claims 65 to 90, further comprising determining the number of bacteria and/or fungi in the sample.
92. The method of any one of claims 65 to 91, wherein the nucleic acid is extracted from the sample prior to analysis.
93. The method of any one of claims 65 to 92, wherein the analysis comprises amplification of the nucleic acid.
94. The method of any one of claims 65 to 93, wherein the analysis is performed using sequencing, 5′ nuclease digestion, molecular beacons, oligonucleotide ligation, microarray, or any combination thereof.
95. The method of any one of claims 65 to 94, further comprising administering a therapeutic agent to the subject.
96. The method of claim 95, wherein the therapeutic agent is an anti-fungal agent or an antibiotic.
97. The method of any one of claims 1 to 92, further comprising determining whether a detected or identified bacterium or fungal pathogen is resistant to a therapeutic agent.
98. The method of any one of claims 1 to 93, further comprising determining the virulence of a detected or identified bacterium or fungal pathogen.
99. A method of treating a subject having sepsis, the method comprising determining whether the subject has sepsis according to the method of any one of claims 65 to 94, and administering to the subject a therapy for treating sepsis on the basis that sepsis is present in the subject.
100. A method of treating a subject having a systemic inflammatory response, the method comprising determining whether the subject has sepsis according to the method of any one of claims 65 to 94, and administering to the subject a therapy for treating sepsis on the basis that sepsis is present in the subject, or administering to the subject a therapy for treating infection negative systemic inflammatory response syndrome on the basis that sepsis is not present in the subject.
101. A method of treating an infection in a subject, the method comprising determining or diagnosing the presence, Grain status, identity or category of a mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated pathogen according to the method of any one of claims 1 to 94, and administering to the subject a therapy based on the presence, Gram status, identity or category of the mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated pathogen in the subject.
102. The method of claim 101, further comprising determining whether a detected or identified mammalian (e.g., human) sepsis-associated pathogen is resistant to a therapeutic agent, wherein the therapy administered to the subject is other than the therapeutic agent to which the pathogen is resistant.
103. A kit comprising a reagent for use in the method of any one of claims 1 to 102.
104. The kit of claim 103, wherein the reagent is a primer or a probe.
105. The kit of claim 103 or 104, comprising two primers, each of which hybridizes to at least a portion of a 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA gene, or a DNA copy thereof, containing a SNP defined in any one of claims 1 to 90.
106. The kit of any one of claims 103 to 105, comprising a probe that hybridizes to at least a portion of a 16S rRNA or 5.8S rRNA gene, or s DNA copy thereof, containing a SNP defined in any one of claims 1 to 90.
107. The method of any one of claims 1 to 102, wherein all or a part of the method is performed by a processing system.
108. The method of any one of claims 1 to 102, wherein the sample is selected from among a a biological sample from a subject, an air, soil, water, filtrate, food, manufactured product, and swab sample.

Priority Claims (2)

Number	Date	Country	Kind
2013901907	May 2013	AU	national
2013903914	Oct 2013	AU	national

PCT Information

Filing Document	Filing Date	Country	Kind
PCT/AU2014/050053	5/29/2014	WO	00

MICROBIAL MARKERS AND USES THEREFOR

Information

Publication Number

Date Filed

Date Published

Inventors

Original Assignees

CPC

International Classifications

Abstract

Description

Claims

Priority Claims (2)

PCT Information